Gm53mm3mm, 3.

THI S 70“

I S DE D I CA T E D, A S A T OX I N O! I B I BNDS H I P,

A ND IN

G RA T I I U L RE COG N I T I ON O! BE N E FI T S B I OI I V I D.

DY HI S

n mm) A ND roma n PUPIL ,

THE AUTHOR.

T HE somew hat peculiar plan o f this book seemsto require a few w ords o f explanation. It is not a

systemo f memorizing the G rammar ; although it is

believ ed that all the common constructions o f the

language, angkv erymany o f the less frequent ones,are illustrated

‘in the text

,and explained in the

No tes. It is no t a treatise o n Latin Pro se Com

po sition ; although it is believed that considerable

facility in this can be acquired by these E xercises.

The main purpose o f the bo ok is to giv e the be

ginner a more complete mastery o f the inflectiomo f the Latin language than is commonly acquired

in fo llo w ing othermethods .

T he most that the larger number o f boys commencing Latin are required to know o f the para

digms and inflections is to recite by rote a string

o f cases and persons. It w ill not be pretended

that they hav e, in general , for sev eral years after

commencing their Latin studies, any thing like the

facility in rendering E nglish into Latin that they

hav e in the contrary process. V ery many do not

take their first lesson in Latin composition untila

4 PWAOI .

w ithin a few months or w eeks of entering college,

and then in so rude and crude a manner, that the

Freshman class, for example, in the mo st fre

quented o f American co lleges, is regularly set back

to “Dalbus and I lifted up our hands ; and the

w ork, w hich should hav e been done in the youngest classes o f the scho o l , drags painfully and halt

ingly through the first half o f the co llege course.

A lthough the days hav e gone by w hen diplomatic

personages conv ersed in Latin as the common lan

guagemost conv enient to men o f different nations,

and the Latin is, in amanner, tw icefi ad ; it w ill no t

be denied that w hatev er is w o rth kno w ing at all, is,

so far, w o rth kno w ing w ell ; and, moreo ver, that theundeniably great benefits accruing fromthe study o f

the classic languages are greatly lessened , or nearly

lost, by the lo ose and careless w ay in w hich many

study them. Only he has mastered a language w ho

can think in it, and conv erse in it. No thing so

efi'

ectually helps the learner on, as exercising him

self, from the start, in thinking and conv ersing

through the fo rms o f the new language. A nd if

there is any reason for undertaking to begin the

study o f Latin , there is equal reason for adoptingat the outset the only pro cess by w hich , as far as

the learner go es, he can go thoroughly, and w ith

steadily progressiv e confidence and facility from

the beginning.

ru u on. 5

In putting forth this new edition o f a book

w hich has been used in some o f our best scho o ls

for the past four years , the author’

s o riginal con

fidence in its adaptation to the end propo sed is

confirmed by the results that hav e been o btained,bo th in his o w n experience and by other teachers.

T he metho d o f this bo ok difi'

ers fromall others, as

far as kno w n, in the use of a very f ew w ords repeated in

indefinitely v aried combinations. By the introduction

o f only tw o or three new w ords in each successiv e

lesson fo r the first hundred pages, the learner is

relieved fromthe distraction o f the cumbrous v o cabulary common in elementary bo oks

, and is enabled

to concentrate his attention on the thing that

mo st requires attention, the inflections o f the new

language. He thus rapidly acquires facility and

confidence in the interchange of L atin and E nglish

equivalents, and an early familiarity w ith the forms

o f the Latin, w hich continued practice w ill render

almo st v ernacular. In this w ay, w ith no great ex

ertion, the scho o l-boy o f fourteen finds it eas ier to

w rite his Latin than many a new -fledged bachelor

o f arts w hile his acquisitions in this direction no

cessarily render the study o f the classic authors

easier,more accurate, more profitable.

While it may be said that this methodmay be

come w earisome from monotony and sameness, itmay also be questioned w hether all so lid founds

6 m u ss .

tion w or is not equally open to the same objec

tio n. Our characteristic natio nal impatience is no tapt to be friendly to the means by w hich sound

scho larship must be attained. A n exercise need

lessly long can alw ays be easily shortened by omitting w hat seems unnecessary. There are some

scho lars w ho se natural quickness o f apprehensio nand strength o f memo ry may render such abbrevia

tio n no t injudicious but experience w arrants the

belief that the average ability o f young learners is

no t abo v e the standard presuppo sed in the com

po sition o f these Exercises.

A fter go ing through the sixty-tw o “Lessons

for w hich , w ith a daily review ,eight or nine months

’

study should be sufficient— the learner w ill be w ell

prepared to take up such a bo ok as“Arno ld’

s Latin

Pro se A s regards the study o f the

classic authors,the Reading Lessons w hich fo l

lo w the Exercises w ill be found an easy introduc

tion to Nepo s, Caesar, or Sallust. Other pupils, less

proficient than these just referred to , w ill find it

desirable,if they w ish to lay the best foundation

for future progress, to rev iew the Exercises before

pro ceeding further in Latin Compo sition ; and,

A series o f Exercises, designed as a supplement to A rno ld's,

but capable o f being used as a substitute, w as prepared by the

author o f this bo ok in 1868, and is published by Horace C. Peck,

New Haven, Conn.

ru n es . 7

after they hav e finished the Dialogues, Viri Romasho uld be read befo re commencing w ith the ancient

authors.

It remains to be added, that in the arrangement o ftopics

, only such dev iation has been made fromlongestablished and customary o rder as seemed to be

justified, either by the resulting practical con

v enience, o r by. the logical relations o f the subject.

Fo r instance,the v erbs o f the “ deriv ed co njuga

tions,

”

the First,the Second

,and the Fourth , so

called,or, as theymay be termed, the A ,

the E,and

the I conjugations, fo rm a class by themselves, or a

series,w hich Should precede the primitiv e conjuga

tion, the T hird,that chao s o f irregular v erbs.

Again, the Relative Pronoun , from its use as a con

junctive, o ught no t to be taken up until the learner

has o btained some facility and familiarity w ith com

pound sentences and conjunctions. E specially, it

might be added,because the learner can obtain no

conception o f the use and impo rtance o f the rela

tive, w ithout entering upon that mo st difi cult part

o f Latin Syntax, the study o f the Subjunctiv e Mo o d.

In a bo ok pro fessing to be elementary, o f course,

more could no t be attempted here than to disclo se

themagnitude o f thefield, deferringacomprehensiv e

study o f it to more advanced manuals. Lastly, the

w ho le congeries o f participial constructionsmay be

alluded to , w hich he w ho w ould either w rite or read2

8 M AO] .

Latin w ell must understand most intimately, soconstantly and univ ersally do they pervade the

Latin sentence, as among the chief idioms o f the

language. It has seemed desirable to familiarize

the learner w ith these as early as po ssible, and to

repro duce them w ith increasing frequency through

mo st o f the Exercises.

But few alterations have been intro duced in this

edition. A few preliminary G rammarLessons hav e

been added, together w ith a Scheme o f Analysis

and Parsing. The V o cabulary has been consider

ably impro v ed, and a portion o f the No tes, consist

ing o f grammatical references, has been transferred

to a more conv enient po sition, in clo se connection

w ith the Exercises severally. The bo ok has also

been purged frommo st, if no t all , o f the typo

graphical errors pecul iarly incident to afirst edition.

INTRODUCTORY REMARKS .

h is taken for granted , that the beginner, before

commencing these Exercises, has learned from the

Grammar the passages referred to in the Grammar

Lessons w hich precede them. In like manner,before commencing any Lesson, the scho lar should

sacrifice nothing o f thoroughness to his impatience to

translate, but should learn the paradigms and gram

matical references w hich intro duce the Exercise.

T he quantity o f syllables is left unmarked in mo st

cases throughout the E xercises, as it is thought to

be sufficiently indicated in the paradigms o f the

Grammar.

The instructor is strongly urged to dev ote a por

tion o f each Lesson to parsing, and to the analysis

o f sentences according to the principles contained

in the Syntax. (G r. 200

The principles o f co llocation w hich contro l the

arrangement o f a Latin sentence (G r. 279) should

be constantly kept before the mind o f the scho lar,

and therefore are frequently referred to in the

N o tes. A s the arrangement continually varies w ith1

2 m aonvcroa’

r nam xs.

the thought to be expressed, much w ill depend

upo n the care o f the instructo r.

It w ill be perceived that the conv enient general

classification o f sentences as simp le and comp ound,has reference only to the L atin.

T he references are ev eryw here made

vised E dition o f Andrew s and Sto ddard’

s G rammar,

as being, despite some inconveniences, the mo st

complete and comprehensivemanual o f Latin G ram

mar accessible to an American student.

The learner should not omit to o bserv e that

sentences in preceding lessons are frequently re

ferred to in the no tes,no t merely fo r the sake o f

the explanations connected w ith them, but also as

models in construction.

CONT ENT S.

I . EXERCISESSmru Sm ncns

2. Coxrouxn S imm ons

II . READING LESSONS

2 . Mu cus Poacxv s Caro

III. NOTESNou s ro ran En acrsns

2 . Nou s ro ran Em ma Lassons

V. ENGL ISH INDEX

VI . SCHEME OF ANA LYSIS AND PABS ING

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

GRAMMAR LE S SONS .

[WThe dash betw een tw o numbers indicates that all interv ening matter is to be learned, as w ell as the passages to w hich

the numbers belong. The portions in fine print may, in general ,be omitted in these preliminary lessons.]

I ntroduction, § 1 .

ORTHOGRA PHY,

2—5.

Oa'rnonpv , 6, 7- 15.

E TYMOLOG Y, 24, 25. N ouns, 26, 27- 31 , 33-41 .

Verbs, 140- 151 , 155.

S YNTAX, § 200. Prop ositions, § 201 . S ubject, 5202.

Predicate, § 203. A rrangement, § 279 = 1 , 2 (a- e).

S IMPL E S E N T E N CE S .

First Declension ,41 .

First Conjugation, A ctive, § 155.

LE S S ON I.

Musa, musae, amass, theMuse.Amo , amare, amav i, amatum, to lo ve.

MUSA B“ amant. Musse Musas”amant. Musae ama

bunt. MusamamabitiS . Musas amatis. Musse,

’Mu

saS amabitis. Musas amavistis. Musas , Musam amwvissetis. Musamamemus.

‘ Musas Musas amaverunt.18

14 m acrsns.

Amavimus. Musamamabit.‘ Musamamares. Amavissem. Musas amaverant. Musas amavcramus. Ma

We‘ w ould love the Muses. O Muse, thou‘ hapt

loved! You’ w ould love the Muses. They w ill haveloved the Muses. Thou mayest have loved the Muse.

The Muses w ould love the Muse. O Muses, ye w ill

love the Muse!We loved the Muse. You may lovethe Muses. L et us

‘ love the Muse. Love ye the

Muses. We had loved the Muse. You have lovedthe Muses. Love thou the Muse. I w ill love her!They love’ the Muse. They w ill love the Muses.

4 209 (a), u ses. 4 240, N.d i sco, 3. e.

a s.

a A figure at the right o f a w ord refers to the Non e

ing the REA D ING Lassoue.

LE S SON II.

Laudo , laudare, lendav i, laudatum, to praise.

Puelia, puelles , girl.

Musa puellam laudat. Musas puellas laudant. Pu

cllae Musas laudabant. Puellae, Musas amavistis.

Pusllas laudabimus. Puellam laudemus.

“ Puella pu

ellas laudaret. L audav i puellas. L audavisti puellam.

Musas , puelles laudato . Musa, lauda puellam. Musac,

puellamlaudabimus. Puellae, Musam laudato . Puel

lae, laudabitis Musam. Puellas laudaverant. Muse.

smrns summons. 15

paellas laudav erit. Puellae Musas laudavissent. Pu

ellas laudato .

‘ L audabatl puella Musam. Puellas

laudaretis. Musam laudavissetis. Puella puelles amaverat. Musse puellam amaverunt.1 Paella amabit.Musae, paellas mate.

The girl praised the Muse. The girls had praisedthe girl. We shall have praised the girls. The girls

w ere praising the Muse. They praised the girl. L et

thempraise the girls. Girls, praise the Muses! You‘

had praised the girl. We are praising’ the girl . L et‘

us praise the Muse. She‘ w ould praise the girls. Wew ould have praised the girls . L et him praise theMuses. O Muses, you w ere praising the girl! The

Muse w ill love the girl . She w ould love the girl.The girls may have loved the Muses. 0 girls, lovethe Muse! You have loved the Muses, 0 girls! L et

the girls praise“the Muse. L et the Muse love the

girls.

c an i n e. ‘ See L L N. 8.

LE S SON I II .

Narro , narrate, narrav i, narratum, to tell, to relate.

Fabula, tabulae, f able, story.

Musas puellis“ fabulas narrabant. Musarum” fab

ulas puellae amav issent. Puellae puellis fabulas narrabunt. Muss paellas fabulamnarraret. Musas , puellisfabulamnarrabatis. Puellis fabulamnarrabis. Fabulam narrate. Narrabimus. Puellae Musie fabulas

16

narraverint. Musarum fabulas laudaveratis. Puel

larum fabulas laudabitis. Musas , puellas-um fabulas

laudavissetis. Puellis fabulam narremus. Amanto

Musas, pasllis fabulas narratis. Puellarum fabulas

He w as telling a story to the girls. The Museshave related fables to the girl. The girls w ill love the

fables of theMuses.

‘ L et us tell a story to the girls.

0 Muses, praise the stories o f the girls! We w ill

praise the fables of the Muses. The girls may haveto ld stories to the Muse. 0 girls, the Muses are re

lating“fables! L et1 the girls love the stories of the

Muses. 0 Muses, you w ould have praised the storyo f the girl!We shall have told a story to the girl .We love the Muse’

s fables. W3 have praised the

Muses” fables. You w ere praising the girl’s story.

0 Muse, w e have told stories to the girls! Tell ye, 0

Muses, a story to the girls! 0 Muse, thou hastpraised the girls’

stories!

o ases. 0 1211.o ar ‘ 800 L iL N. 2.

smru S imm ons. 17

LE S SON IV .

Conturbo , conturbare, conturbavi, conturbatum, to confuse, to dis

Cura, curse, cars.

Cure conturbabit. Curae conturbabunt. Curse

puellas conturbaverunt. Musarum fabulas puellamconturbarent. Puellam conturbavisti. Musas , puellas conturbabatis. Musarum fabulas conturbamus.Puellae, Musarum fabulam conturbatis. Musas con

turb'

averamus . Puellarum fabulas Musam contur

haverint. Puelles , Musas conturbav istis. Cura pu

ellaruml Musarum fabulam conturbavisset. Musarumfabulas conturbemus. Puellarum fabulas laudando“

conturbav imus. Fabulas pasllis narrare‘ Musas con

turbabit. Masaram fabulae laudando laudas‘ Musas.Puellarum fabulas conturbando conturbabitis puelles.

Musarum‘curam puelles‘ laudabimus. Musas puella

rumcuramlaudant.

The Muse’

s fables w ill disquiet the girls. You w ill

disturb the girl’s story. The Muses w ould have con

fused the girls by praising them.

‘ We have praisedthe Muse

’

s care for’ the girls. We w ere disquietingthe Muses . Care for the girls has disquieted the

Muse. By praising“ the girl’s story you w ill praise‘

the girl . Girls, you w ill disturb the Muses’

fables.

Let the Muses praise the care o f the girls. Care for

the girls disquiets the Muse. 0 girls, you may disturbthe Muse’

s fable! T o tell a story to the girls w ill die

18 m acrsns.

turb the Muse’

s story.

‘ Lo t us praise the Muse’

s care

for the girl . 0 girls, you have disturbed the Muse’

s

fables by praising them.

‘

q ue u e. Mass a g e.t eams.

LE S SON V.

Do , dare, dedi, datum, to give, to grant. Q 168, Bu rn t .

Vania, veniae, permission, p ardon.

Veniamdare, to p ermit, to p ardon.

Pabulan dare, to ethibit ap lay.

Musse puellis veniam dant. Puellae veniam dabimus . Puellae puellis veniam dabunt. Musae, puellis

veniam date. Musae Musae veniam dederunt. Pu

ellae veniam dedimus. Puellae puellas veniam dediesent. Musae, puellis veniam dederitis. Puella, puel

lae da" veniam. Puellae fabulam dederant. Puellis

fabulamdaremus . Musae fabulas dedissent. Musarumfabula puellas conturbav erat. Cura puellarum

’Musasconturbaret. Veniampaellas demus. Fabulas debatie.

Musae, veniam dotis.

‘ Puellae fabulas dando Musasconturbabunt. Curae fabulam dandi‘ puellamcontur

baverint.

We w ill grant permission to the girls. The Musesw ould permit‘ the girls. 0 Muse, grant pardon to thegirls! The Muses w ill pardon the girls.

l You per

mitted the girls. The Muse had pardoned‘ the girls.

Grant’ pardon. We w ill praise the Muses’ fables.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

20 EXERCISE S .

ulamnarrare Musarumamicumconturbet. Cara fabulamservis dandi dominumconturbabat. Domini servisveniam dabant. S erv orum curam laudaremus. Amicus amico veniamdahit.

The masters w ere praising the servants. The ser

vants o f the Muse w ill love the girl. The servantshave to ld a story to theirl masters. The masters hav egranted permission to their servants. The care of the

girls2 disquieted the servants o f the Muse. The masters had exhibited a play to their servants . The girlsw ill exhibit plays to the servant o f the Muse. Friendspardon friends. 0 masters, praise the friend o f your

1

servants! You love your friends. The care o f exhi

biting the play to the servants w ill disturb the masters.

T o exhibit the play w ill disturb the master o f the ser

vants. L et us exhibit a play to the servants. L et3

masters praise the care o f their servants. The stories

o f the servants disquiet their masters. He loves his

friends.

LE S SON VI I .

Puer, puEri, boy in the plural , o ften, children. a47.

Liber, libri, book. Q 48, 1 .

Puer puellae fabulam narrabat. Bueri, libros“

amate! Buellas“

puerorum libro s amabunt. Bueri

puellis fabulas narraverunt. Puerorum curam librorum1 laudabatis. Pueris veniam dabimus. Musa

librum puero dedit. Musae librum‘ puer laudav it.

Anxious librgs puero dederat. Servi librum domino

SIMPL E SENTENCE S. 21

dederunt. Libri pueris fabulas narrant. Dominuslaudabat servi curampuerorum.

l Pueris fabulamdabimus . Musae

,pueris fabulam dedissetis. Puerorum

libri Musarum fabulas laudant. Dominorum amici,servis veniam date. Puella puero fabulam narraret.

Puero veniam dederamus. Pueris librum detie. Pu

eri curam laudando puellas conturbabis. Pueros lau

dando laudabitis puellas.

Wemight have given bo oks to the children. The

boys gave books to the girls. L et us grant permissionto the boys. You might praise the boys’ bo oks. Welove the children’

s stories. A friend gives the boy‘a

book . The Muses w ill exhibit a play to the children.

We praise curz friend

’

s bo oks. You w ere telling a

story to your friend’

s children. We might havepraised the servant’s care o f the children.

‘ We w ould

praise the servants’

care for“their master. Care for

the children disquieteda the servant. I loved“my

friends. The boys’ bo oks praise the fables o f the

Muses. I gave books to my friends. L et friendspardon friends .

‘ The master’

s friends w ill havepraised the servants’ care for the boy. The boysmay tell stories to the Servants. Servants, love yourmasters.

5 L . iii. e. 0 4223,

22 EXERCISE S.

LE S S ON VII I .

Vir, v iri, man. a48, 2.

Bellum, belli, w ar. Q 48, 2.

Verbum, v erbi, w ord in the plural, sometimes, language.Verba dare, to deceive; literally, to givemere w ords.

Viri belluml amabunt. Bella Musas conturbant.

Musae viris veniamdederint. Pueri viris fabulas nar

rarent. Viro verbs dabimus. Puellae viro fabulasdedissent. S erv orum domini bella virorumamav erunt.Puer viri libros amabat. Puero verba dederatis.

Viris fabulam dedisses. Domini,serv orum curam

laudav issetis. Musarum verba puelles Iaudabant.

S ervorum dominos bello ‘ conturbabo . Musas belloconturbav istis. Puellarum fabulas conturbabamus.

Dominus servos verbo“ conturbav it. Amici servumverbo conturbaverimus. Virorum verba puellas con

turbaverant. Puellae verbo conturbav imus. Viri,pueris verba datis. Curae bellorumvirumconturbant.

Viri curas bellorum amant. Puerorumlibri bella virorum narrabunt. Viri pueris libro s debant. Cura

librorum servum conturbet.” Servis verbs. dabimus.

Servi domino verba dent.

The w ere of men disquiet the Muses. We havegranted pardon to the men. Suppo se” the boys havedeceived the men. The men exhibited plays to the

masters o f the servants. The servants w ould have

loved the boy’

s books. Suppose the care o f the children has confused the servant. We have deceived theman. You had exhibited a play to the children. The

SIMPL E SENT ENCE S . 23

masters w ere praising the friends o f their servants.

We confuse‘ children w ith a w ord.

“ You w ould havedisquieted the Muses by w ar. We Shall exhibit theplay to the servants. We love the w ords o f a friend.

You have related to the girl the w ords Of the Muses.

L et us relate the man’

s language to themaster Of theservants. You are deceiving

dthe boy. The servant

related the boy’

s language to the master. You w ere

exhibiting a play to the servants. You might have

praised‘the servants’ care for their masters. The

servants may deceive the boy.

‘

Q 247. ll l 260, R. 8.

LE S SON IX.

A diectives of theFirst and S econdDeclensions. 104 ;

105,1,2,REMARK 2.

Bonus, -a,-um, good.

Malus, -a,-um, bad, w icked, evil.

Amicus, -a,-um, f riendly. See L E S SON VI .

Servi mali‘ dominum conturbabant. Musse bonos’

libros laudant. Domini bonum servum amabunt.Musae puellis fabulas bonas narrarent. Paeri bonaml

servi curam laudaverunt. Puellis libros bonos dabimus. Amicus bona amicorum verba amabit. Puero s

verbis‘ malis conturbabas. Musas bello malo contur

bav isti. Puellae verbis amicis laudabamus. Buells

malo puero verba dedit. Puer malus"malam fabulam

viro bono narrabat. Servi domino ‘amici viro malo

24 Exnncl sxs.

verba dabant. Bella mala pueros conturbaverant.

Amicae Musae puellis fabulas dedissent. Pueris libro sbonos dedisses. Pusri bonam libroruml curam laudaveris. Virum curis malis conturbaverimns. Bono s

pneros amemns. Amicum‘ pueris virum laudavero .

Masaram puellis amicarumfabulas amavimus. Musacvirumviris amioun laudabunt. Malorum cura puero

rumservumbonumconturbet.’ Amica bonorumdominorumverbs servi laudaverant.

Good men love good' books. The master granted

pardon to his bad servants. We have pardoned the

bad boys. L et us praise the friendly w ords of the

good Muses.

l The Muses friendly to children haveto ld the good girl a go od

“story. L et us tell the go od

children the good“stories o f the friendly Muses. The

bad’servants deceive their good’master. The servantsfriendly to their good master w ill deceive the w ickedmen. The w icked w ords o f the bad men confused thechildren . You have disquieted good men by a w ickedw ar. The children loved the friendly w ords o f the

good Muses. We shall praise the girl’s friendly care

for the bad boys.’ They w ere telling the servants

good stories. You have conf used the good servantsw ith w icked w ords. L et themgrant pardon to the badservants. The go od stories of

‘

the girls praised the

friends of the w icked servants. The girl’s story re

lated the servant’s friendly care for his bad master.

S upposef w e have disquieted the go od servants w ith

evil cares. L et masters friendly to their servantspraise the story o f the go od man.

4 205. 7(a).s aw .

t w o, 4.

0 422 ,1 .

1 4260, R. 8.an. iv . 1 .

LESSON X.

Miser, misl ra, misl rum, miserable, w retched. Q 105, 8.

Pro sper, prosperas, pro sptrum, prosp erous. 3105, 8, Non .

Miserisl viris veniamdemus. Miserae cnrae puellambonamconturbav erant. Virimali bella.misera amant.Puerummisera fabula conturbabas. Miseras‘ puerorumfabulas laudav isti. Servi dominumpro sperumamabunt.Servi prosperos domino s amav erunt. Domini, miseriaservis veniamdate. Miserorumcura serv orumdominosprosperos conturbaverit. Mali viri pro spero serv orummalorumdomino verbadederint. Servusmiserprosperisdominis fabulamnarraret. Miserae puellammfabulasbonas Musas conturbav issent. Bello misero prosperosbonorum servorum dominos conturbabimus. Puellae

,

Musas amicas fabulamisera conturbav istis. Miseris pu

ellis, Musae, veniamdate. Dedimus. Pueri viro prosperoverba dabant. Cura misera puerum conturbaret.

Cnra fabulampuellis dandi virumbonumconturbaverat.

Amicamservi curampuellarummiserarum laudabitis.

Prosperous masters w ill praise good servants. The

good servant’s friendly“ care for“his w retched master3

disturbed the bad man. I have pardoned the miserable men.

‘ We have deceived the miserable man. The

girls w ere exhibiting a play to the prosperous mastero f the good servants. L et us praise themasters’ carefor theirmiserable servants. You loved the w retchedw ars o f bad men. We had to ld a. good story to themiserable children o f the badmen. We w ere relating

26 Exrncmns.

to the children the w retched w ars o f miserable men.

I related the friendly w ords o f the pro sperous man.

We w ould have praised the servants’

care for theirw retched masters w ith friendly w ords. You may disquiet the friendly Muses w ith a w retched fable. The

good boy’

s bo ok related the fables o f the friendlyMuses. They had praised the w retched bo oks o f thebad boys. The bad children had disturbed the

friendly servants w ith miserable cares. The good girlloved the friendly care o f the prosperous man .

’ The

bo oks of the good girls related the Muses’

fables.

‘ L iv . 2. 4 2222 12 1.

LESSON XI.

Vafer, -fra, -frum, cunning. a106.

Pulcher, ~chra, -chrum, beautiful .

Musse pulchrae pulchris‘

puellis fabulas pulchraenarraverunt. Prosperi domini curam serv orum vafro

rum laudamus. Puer viro pro spero vafras fabulas nar

rabat. Virum pro sperum vafris verbis conturbaremus.

Puellis pulchram fabulamdabimus. Viri puellis libros

pulchros dederant. Servo v afro veniam demus . Pul

chrum”

puellae bonae librumviro malo dederas. Vafro

domini pro speri servo veniamdederis. Fuori vafri ser

v is amicis fabulammalam narrant. Pulchram puellam

pueri vafri amicis v erbis laudabant. Vafris v irorum

amicorumpueris libro s pulchros dederamus. Bonam

pulchrarum curam puellarum pulchrae Musae laudave

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

28 m acrsns.

LESSON XII.

The copula SUM. 140, 4 ; 153; 154, REM. 1 , 2.

Puer est mali viri servus.

“ Domini sunt serv orumamici. Servi mali crunt mali domini. Mali puerifuistis. Malorum v irorum fueramus servi. Estis‘

bonorum dominorum servi vafri. Fuisses Musarumamicus. Pueri etamue. Esto vir. E stote viri. Pu

ellarum fabulas laudare‘ est conturbare Musas. Fabulamdedisse est Musas amav isse. S ervum‘

esse vafrum‘

prosperamdominumconturbabit. Fueros fuisse malosbonos amicos conturbavit. Libro s bonis Musarumpulchrarum amicis dedimus. Vafris verbis puellas pulchras laudabas. Pueros » malos verbo conturbabamus.

Malorum domini servorum essemus . Puerorum librifuerunt serv orumcura. Domino rumcurae sunt

’servo

rum. Domini bella crunt’serv orum. Narrant‘ puellas

Musarum fabulas amare. Narrant servos dominis fabulamdedisse.

You w ill be the servants o f a good man. We shallbe the masters o f cunning servants. He w as

1a bad

man’

s servant. We have been the friends o f miserablemen. That/ the servants‘ had been w retched disquietedthe friends o f the prosperous masters. That/ the girlhas deceived the good servant disquiets the master.

They say that bad servants are a care' to theirmasters.

They say that the beautiful children w ere a care to the

cunning servant. We might have been a care to go od

friends. That the prosperous masters have granted

S IMPL E snursxcas. 29

pardon to the cunning servants may disquiet good men.

They say that the children belong to’a badman. You

may have been the friends o f go od men. Be good boy

«4210.

‘ L . iv . e ; 4202 , 111. B . 2 . 4 239 .

44210. E . 1 .

1 209 , B. 2 f un , R. 2 . 4 227, R. s (a).

LESSON XIII .

Longus, -a,-um, long, tedious .

Parv us, -a,-um, small , little.

Bonum, boni, a good thing, good. 0205, R. 7Malum, mali, a bad o r w icked thing, evil.Bona, bonorum, go ods .

Mala, malorum, evils, ills.

Bella fuerunt longa.

l Pueri parvi crunt. Puellae

fuerint pulchrae. Servi verba vafra sunt. Longavirorum bella fuissent misera. Puerorum libri bellanarrabant misera.

“ Narrant dominorum bella fuisse

longa. Narrant puellarum amicarum fabulas esse pulchras . Dominorum longa bella sunt mala servorum.

Estis pulchrae. Pulchram puella dederit fabulam.

Viri mali parvo puero verba dabant. Parvae puellaeservo bono fuerant curae.

“ Bellumparvumparvae crit

curac. Bono s servo s laudare longum‘ fuit.2 Dominorumbona laudare longum est.

” Fabulas pueris narrarelongum erit. Miseris“l veniamdare bonumest. Bonis

verba dare malum est. S erv orum bona sunt dominorum.

‘ S erv orum mala crunt dominorum. Miseroverba dare malum est. Bonis pueris/ amici sumus.

Dominorum curac sunt serv orum. Bonis servis amicieratis. Fabula' misera bono s" amicos conturbabatis.

30 EXERCI S E S .

The w retched children o f the bad men disquietedthe prosperous man

’

s go od servant. L et us tell cun

ning stories to the cunning servants. He may havebeen a cunning man. The long stories o f the cun

ning servants confused the little children. The bad

man’

s bo oks are bad.

‘ Good men w ill be go od masters .

The Muses’

fables w ere beautiful. The w retched w ars

o f the bad men have been long. The little childrenw ill be a care to the go od girl . T o exhibit plays w ouldbe a care to the friendly men . It w ould be’ tedious torelate the fables o f the beautiful Muses. T o praise theman’

s go od friends w ould have been” tedious. T o de

ceive the w retched" is w icked.

‘ I t w ould be tedious to

exhibit plays to the children. T o deceive the goodmanw o uld be w icked. The servant

’

s goods belong to f themaster.

‘ I t is good to pardon the miserable. L et us

be friendly to the w retched! The ills o f masters be

long to their servants. Wretched w ars have been the

ills o f men. Suppo se" the ev ils o f the long w ar dis

quieted the go od men.

16, N. 3.

‘ L . iii. g . 3205, R. 8. R. 7, 1 .

G Q L . xii. 2 .f L . ix . e. l L . v iii. a. 5.

4g279, 4 .

L . x i1 . 3.

t L. v iii. b.

A rrange according lo L E sson XI ,

S IMPL E S ENTE NCE S . 31

LESSON XIV.

First Conjugation , Passive. 156.

Musae a“puellis

“amantur. Musarum fabulae a

pueris amabuntur. Ab‘ amicis amabimur. Virorum

libri a puero amabantur. Ab amico amatus eram. Abonis amicis amati“estis. Ab amicis amari bonum

'

est.

Amica amicorumverba amata sunt. Narrant bono s abamicis laudari. Servi1 cura puerorum

l

pulchrorum a

domino laudabitur. A bonis viris laudemur.

‘ Ab amicis amemur. Amicum ab amico amari pulchrum

2est.

Boni pueri laudantor. A Musis pulchris , bonae pueilae

,laudabimini. Pueril cura librorumpulchrorum lau

detur. Bella misera a malis viris amarentur. Bone

puer, ab amica Musa3 laudaberis . Servi vafri

,a bonis

dominis amamini. A bonisf amamur. Verba pusrimiseri mala a malis viris laudata essent. Bona bonicura servi verbis amicis ab amico domino laudabatur.

Servi boni a bonis dominis laudentur. Servo s” laudando" laudav istis dominum.

” Bona Musa,a puellis

laudareris.

The Muses’

fables have been praised“by the beautiful girl.“ The go od boys’ beautiful bo oks w ere lovedby the girls. Good servants, you w ould be praised by

good masters. Pro sperous masters, you w ould hav e

been loved by the cunning servants. The go od ser

v ant’

sl friendly care fo r‘ his bad master has been

praised by good men. T o be praised by w icked men is

A rrange according to L E S SON XI ,4

82 u n crsss.

an evil. May w e be praised‘ by good men! Goodservant, you w ill be loved by good men. T o be lovedby the w retched/ is a beautiful thing.

“ Friendly Muses,you are loved by the little children. We shall be lovedby the go od. By praising the w icked' w e shall havedisquieted the good! Thatf the bad should‘ be praisedby the go od is an evil. That friends should be praisedby friends is good.

‘ L et good servants be praised.

Cunning servant, you w ould have been praised by badmen. You w ere loved by the w retched. Good friend,you are loved by the friends o f the w retched.

C § 195, l 5. { 248, l .0 3195, 5, R. 2.

‘u 162, 12 ; 210,R. l .

° L . 1. d. f L . xiii. d. 3 L . ix . 2.i L iv . d.

‘L. iv . 2.

‘ i liw .

LESSON XV.

Fabulae a Musie pulchris pulchris puellis narrabantur. Pueri parvi serv orumvafrorumfabulis conturbarentur. Venia servismiserie ab amicis dominis datzur.

l

Libri parvi parvis pueris a viris bonis dabuntur. Fab

ulae a Musa pulchra pulchrae puellae darentur. Verbaviro bonoz a vafro servo data erant. Amicis ab amicisvenia detur.

l A malis servis erimus conturbati. Puel

lae bonae , a malis pueris fuistis‘ conturbatae. AmicaMusa, a puellis parvis ameris. Malorummalis verbisconturbaremur. A viris vafris fabulis longis conturbatieramus. Longo miserorum bello virorumessemus conturbati. Longis serv orum vafrorum fabulis conturbabamini. A vafro puero fabula." longa conturbari miserumest. Veniam“amico ab amico dari pulchrum est.

S IMPLE sameness. 33

Verba bono’ a malo viro dari malum est. Narrantveniama dominis servis miseris esse datam.

‘ Narrantdominos pro speros a vafris servis fabulis longis esse

conturbato s. Bone puer, a viro malo fuisti verbo con

turbatus. A pueris parvis conturbabamini. Amicosab amicis conturbari malum est. Narratur bono s a

bonis laudari.

Good stories w ere to ld to the little children by thefriendly servant. They say that a go od play has beenexhibited by the servants of the pro sperous man. I t

is good for‘ friends“to be pardoned by friends . Theysay that the bad boys w ere

“pardoned by the goo d man.

I t is miserable“for good men to be disquieted by longw ars. I t is go od that the little children should‘ bepardoned. I t is a bad thing that the good should bedisturbed by the bad. Go od children, you might havebeen disquieted by the cunning servant w ith bad w ords.

I t is miserable that the beautiful stories o f the friendlyMuse should be disturbed by the bad w ords o f the cunning boys. They say that the little children have beenpardoned by the good men. I t is a bad thing that thegood Should be deceived by the bad. L et the miserable be pardoned. May w e be loved by little children.

We had been disquieted by the cunning story of the

badman. Little children, you had been confused bythe cunning man w ith a w ord. It is said that thew retched servants w ere pardoned by the go od master.

I t is go od that good stories should be narrated to littlechildren. I t w as said that a w retched play had beenexhibited to the little children.

d162, 12, 1 . L. v iii. a. it 162, 18 ; 210, R. l . L. xiv .

2 . L . xiv . 4.

34 m acraxs.

LESSON XVI .

The Periphrastic Uom'

ugations. § 162, 14, 15.

Amico s amaturi sumus. Amicis‘l amandi sumus.

Pulchras puellarumfabulas eramus laudaturi. Puellae

puerorumlibros erant laudaturae. Boni servi dominiserunt laudandi. Venia miserisl danda.

’ Bonis viris,puellae, verba daturae eratis. Pueris parvis

,amica

Musa,fabulam pulchram es

"narratura. Miseris venia

danda fuit.“ Amici ab amicis laudabuntur. Amicislaudandi fuistis. Servis miseris veniam daturi fuisse

mus . Narratur dominum bonummisero servo veniamesse daturum. Fabulae puellis a Musis‘ crunt narran

dae. Musae puellis fabulas fuerunt narraturae.

‘ Servia domino amati’ viris bonis sunt laudandi. Fabulas

puellis ab amica Musa narrates fuimus laudaturi.

Narrant parvo puero a viro‘malo veniamdandam fuisse.

Pulchrumesse narratur‘ bonos a bonis amari. Longis

servorumvafrorumfabulis conturbaremur.

We w ere intending7to praise the go od stories o f the

friendlyMuses. We deserve8 to be loved by the cun

ning boy. Good master, you should bepraised by thelittle children. The miserable should be pardoned .

The go od should be loved. Cunning servant, you w ere

go ing to disturb the go od man w ith bad stories. I t is

said that the friendly servants tell long stories to the

children. They say that the Muses are friendly to thebeautiful girl. Go od servant, you ought to be lovedby the little boy. The bad men w ere going to deceive

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

86 nxn crsss.

dabo . Virorummiserorum est misera bella laudare.

Mali viri est pueros conturbare. N o s laudando so lau

dabit. Cura fabulamdandi, bona paella, te conturbat.Pulchram est te miseris veniam dedisse. Veniam a

vobis esse miseria datam“narrant bonumesse. Fabu

las virorummalorummalas sumus conturbaturi. Ejuscura nostri nobis crit laudanda. Veniamei datari fuimus.

“Bello longo cumconturbavisti. Narrant eo s bonisverba dedisse. Mihi, vafri servi, curae‘ fuistis miserae.

We have been loved by you.’ I t is good to be loved

by you, go od children. The servant to ld me that thechildren w ere a care

‘to him. The beautiful fables o f

the friendly Muses w ere related to us by the girls. Be

a friend to me. L et us be friends to him. You‘ havebeen a good friend to him. You ought to be praisedby them. We are intending

“to pardon you. You

ought to have been pardoned“by us. I t is said that

you are going to praise his4 care for the little girls.

“

We have been disquieted by long care for you.

“ His

care forme w as related to me by the friendly servants.

We have been praised by him w ith friendly . w ords.

It is good for‘him to be praised by you. I t is charac

teristic1 o f a cunning man to praise himself . I t is

characteristic o f little children to love fables. The

pro sperousf master to ld us that cunning servants w ere

a miserable’ care to him. He has to ld me that youintend to deceive him. I t w as to ld us by the good servant that badmen w ould have“deceived them. L et us

praise his care for us.

‘ é 247.“u211 , R. 8 (a), 212, R. 2, N. 2.

‘ Q 209, R. l (b).‘ L. xv i. c. L. xii. g .

f L. xiii. a.C L. i. 3.

“L. xvi. 7.

L. xv . 4. I d105, 8, N.

S IMPL E summons. 37

LESSON XVIII.

The P oeseseive Pronouns.

Meus, Tuns, No ster, Vester, Suus. 5132, 6 ; 5139,1, 3; 5207, R. 36 ; 5208.

A tuis servis, domino bone, fuimus conturbati.Servi v estri nostros‘ conturbabant. Narrant taos

“

nostris servis verba‘ esse daturo s. S erv orum nostro

rum“ est nos amare. Servis vestris amandi fuistis.

‘

Tuuml est, mi serve, dominum“amare. Meum crit,

paeri, v obis veniam dare. Cura meorum librorum te,

mi amice,fuit‘ conturbatura. Nostrum est miseros

amare. Amici“ est amicum laudare. Verba vestra,

Musse, nobis fuerant amica. Sunt nobis‘ vafri servi.Vobis

,domini, servi vafri fuerunt. Libri mihi boni

crunt. Dominus pro sperus mihi S ibi servos bonos esse/

narrabat. Narrant malum servum tuum tibi miseraefuisse curae. Vestrum erat serv o sua’ dare. Bonumvirumsui’ amant. A suis amari bonumest. Boni est

a suis amari. Servi domino pulchrumesse“narraverunt

veniam S ibi ab eo‘ dari. Pueri Musis se carum fabulas

amavisse narraverunt. Puellarum curam tu meis v erbis“lauda. Pueris miseris tuis verbis veniamdabimus.

Bum vestris verbis laudavissemus. N os miseri servi“

a pueris vafris conturbati sumus.

Your servants, my friends, have deceived you. Our

servants tell us that they are go ing to exhibit a play toyours.

" I t is a good man’

s duty“to love his friends.

38 33 11018118 .

I must praise“your f riendly care for my little boys.

I t is said that it is a good man’

s duty to pardon the

miserable. I t w as said to me by your friends that myservants w ere/ friendly to yours. I have‘ goo d bo oks.

We have good friends . I,my friend, w ill give you my

bo oks . You have a prosperous master. We‘ w retchedservants‘had a bad master. We“miserable men havebeen disquieted by your servants w ith cunning stories.

T o be loved by one’

s friends“is go od. He to ld me thatthe cunning servant w as a miserable care to you. Irelated to him the bad language o f his“ boys. Myfriend w ill praise you in my name. He relates that Ihave praised him in your name. I t is your duty1 torelate our w ords to the Muses. The children to ld us

that they‘ had little books. L et us praise the go odboy’

s care for his bo oks . The girls to ld us that theyhad been praised by your friend.

0 Q 205, R. 7 L. xvn . l . L. xv i. 3. L. v i. 1 . l 226,

fine p rint. f a272, and R. 4.t l 208, 7(a).

5 S ee Vocsnnmnv .

Q 204.

LESSON XIX .

S econd Conjugation, A ctive. 5157.

Moneo , monere, monui, monitum, to w arn, to remind.

Deus, Dei, G od, a god. 653.

Servus ejus eam mouchet. T u, bone serve, me

monuisti. Amici amico s moneant. Bonae amico rum

fabulae virorum servos malos monerent. Deus no s

monet. Fuero s parvos moneamus. Narrant te taos

S IMPL E S EN TE NCE S . 39

servo s monuisse. Bjus cura mei mihi est laudanda.

Cura servumvafrummonendi no s conturbaverat. Bono

servo laudando l monebitis malo s. Puer puellas S ibi“

Musas esse amicas monuit. Libris dandisl te mihiesse amicum me monuisti. Vir bonus fabulis puerisnarrandisl eos monuisset. Malos moneamus. Deus se

nobis amico s bono s dedisse monet.

“ Deus nos S ibi essecuracmonuit. Miseros Deumns amicum esse moueretis. Servi v estri id“me monuerunt. Vestrarumcura

rum‘eo s monebimus. Pulchrumessememonuit veniam

a Deo miseris dari.“ Bonum est ab amico moneri.Dei‘ est nobis veniamdare. Fabulae a Musa narratae

nos tuarum curarum monuissent. Servos monebisdominos I IS

‘esse amando s. Bellorummiserorum nos

monueratis. Vo s ego monebo libros mihi“esse bonos.

Servi boni‘ prosperumdominummonete. Viros bonosmoneamus miseris veniamesse dandam.

I w ould have reminded the go od master o f his

w retched servants.

“ L et us remind the boys that“w eintend to give thembo oks. The fables o f the friendlyMuses w ill w arn . the little children. L et us w arn bad

men. G od w arns pro sperous men. Remind the littlechildren that G od w ill be“ a friend to them. I t

belongs to G od“ to pardon bad men. You have re

minded him o f your friendly care for his servants . I t

is good to remind servants o f theirmaster. By telling1

a beautiful story you have reminded us that you w ill

be a friend to us. By relating‘ the bad language o f

my boys you have disturbed me w ith w retched cares.

I t w ill be go od to be praised by G od. We are go ingto remind the beautiful girls that the Muses w ill be

f riendly to them. I t is said that you have w arned the

40 EXE E OI S E S .

little children of our friends. I t is my duty‘to

you that your servant intends to deceive you. I t

w ould have been’ tedious to relate the long stories

praised by you. You have w arned the go od man thatw e w ere go ing to deceive him. I have remindedo f

l 218, and R. 1. L. xv ii. 2. L. xvii. l . L. xv iii. e. L.

xv iii. 1. f L. xiii. 2.

LESSON XX.

Deleo , delsre, deli v i, deli tum, to destroy.

Multus, -a,-um, much in the plural , m y.

Malimultum‘ boni“delent. Libros pulchro s malusmeus servus delev it. Multes misera bella delebunt.

Deus nos monuit se malo s esse deleturum. Multumboni

,male serve, delev isti. Narratur servos v estro s

meos esse deleturo s. Puerum monebas Deum bones

amare. Nerratumest bellummiserummultos delev isse.

Puella narrat Musas fabulis amicis semonuisse. Malo s

malorum libros puerorumdeleamus. E orumservi vobisverba dedissent. Puero s me I I S

‘amicumfore monete.

Deus delendo malos bonos monuit. Musarum“ est

puero s fabulis monere. Tu me dominum‘tuum

,male

serve, delev isti. Bella misera nostros amicos deleverant. Multum‘ mali“deleveritis. Bellummiserumte,

The instructor w ill find the various co llocations o f the po ssess

iv e pronoun w ith the adjective compared in An on’s L atin Prose

S IMPLE S ENT ENCE S . 41

mi amice, deleverit. Malorum virorum est librosbonos delere. Libros malos delere mihi erit curae.

Prosperie viris’multi amici erunt. Curarummultarumme monueras. Longum est' puero s multa

“monere.

Ego , mi serve, multa te monuero . Te monebimusveniammiseris dandam.

‘

My friend, you are destroying much“ good.

“ L et us

destroy w icked bo oks. By destroying! his bad books

you w ould w arn the boy. We have destroyed much“evil.“ I t is said that your servants have destroyedours. I t is characteristic o f a w icked man to destroya good book. You w ere destroying much evil. G od

w arns us that he intends to destroy the w icked. L et

us remind the w icked that G od lo ves the good. I w ill

w arn the boy in your name. We ought" to have pardoued the miserable men. We ought to have praisedour friend’s book . T o w arn the bad boys w ill be a

tedious care to me. Wretched servant, you w ould

have destroyed the little children loved by yourmaster.

Many cares w ill have destroyed you, my good servant.“

I t is our duty to destroy the bad bo oks o f the w retchedboy. I t w ould be' tedious to remind the servants ofmany things.

“ I t w ould have been tedious to relate to

you the cunning stories o f your servants. The little

girl reminded us that the bad man w as1 destroying our

beautiful bo oks. I have had many friends. I t e

minded you, my friend, that it w as good to be lovedby one

’

s friends.

“

o azos, R. 9 (a).b77212, R. s, N . 2 and s; 279, 10 (b). c L .

xix. 4.

4 L . xvii. 1 . L . xv iii. i. I L . xviii. e.c L . xiii. 2.

b L .

xix . a. 4205, R. 7, 2.

i 7270, E . a. 3L . xix. 1 .Ii L . xvi. s.

ta204, or a240. L . xviii. 2.

42 EXERCI S E S .

LESSON XXI.

Video , videre, v idi, v isum, to see.

Magnus , -a,-um, great, large.

Deus nos videt. Amices tuos vidimus. Videamus.

Viros bello magno conturbatos v ideramus. Puellas

curamagna conturbatas v idetis. Musas puellis fabulasnarrare

‘v ideratis. T e multum boni delere v idebamus.

Fueros monebo me bonam corum curam esse laudaturum. Magnis curis me, amice, conturbari vides.

Puerum tuos bonos libros deleturum“vide. Narraturte me tuis servis fabulas dare vidisse. Boni Deumvidebunt. Magnum erit Deum v idere. Fabulis nar

randisl servos monueramus. Magna mala miserosviro s conturbabunt. Vir bonus puerumparvummoniturus ci fabulam pulchram narrabat. Servus meusmihi se vestros

“servos a pueris malis conturbatos

v idisse narrat.‘ Tibi“ magno s libros esse videmus.

Tibi tues servo s essemagnae curae v idebamus. Magni“

est temeo s amico s amare. Parvi“fuit‘ te tao s servosmouaisse. Puerumno s ejus amices esse v isuros monuimus. Magni est a bonis laudari. Amices vestro s

monete nos usf fuisse laudandos. Fabulae nobis a

puellis” magna cura narrandae fuerunt. Deus multa

nostramala videt. Puer mihi Sibi suos libro s magno smagnae curac esse futuro s narrat. Ego puero s tuis

verbis monebam.

We,

“w retched servants o f a bad master

,have seen

much evil. L et us remind the children that the go od

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

44 m acrsm.

LESSON XXII.

S econd Conjugation, Passive. 5157.

A h amicis monemur. Puer ab amico viro monitasest. Tibimonendi sumus. Narretar to a tuis meneri.Magni est ab amico moneri. Multum boni a malisdeletur. Puerummoneri bonamest. A Deo monebimur. Mali a Deo delebuntur. Fabula tua pulchrumesse a bonis meneri monet.“ Servi vafri ab amicodomino moniti amalis viris sunt deleti. Pueri se nobisesse menendes narrant. Parvi est te ame esse lauda

tum. Bello longo delebimur. A vobis,amici, verbis

bonismoniti essemus. Bonos amalis delerimalumest.

Dei est veniam nobis a se monitisl dare. Dominimiseri longo malorumbello serv orumdelerentur. Amicae Musae fabulis moneremini. A Deo , amici, moneamini. Narratur malos libro s tuos tibi esse delendos.

Mali libri a bonis viris deleti erant. Libris malisdeletis’ videmus virummalumesse conturbatum. Suntvobis mali libri delendi.“ A servo tuo tuis verbis laudabar. Cure longa parva puella deletur. Bonumesse

no s 0. vobis. esse monitos v idebamus. Puerorum par

verum est suos parvos libro s delere. Deus malis virisdelendis nos monuerat. Servo s tuos, amice, bonavenia“ tua monebimus. Vobis, pueri, bona vestravenia fabulam pulchram narrabimus. Puer narrst, se

meis verbis a te esse laudatum. Servi vafri,moniti

este.

‘

Youhave been w arned by my friends. We Shall be

S IMPL E su mmons. 45

destroyed by the long w ar. You may have beenreminded that the good are loved by G od. The little

children w ould have been w arned by our good servant.I t is said that our servants have been destroyed byyours. We have been reminded that you have goodbooks. You ought to be reminded that G od sees you.

We w ould have w arned the bad men that G od w ould“

destroy them. They w ill have been destroyed by thegreat w ar. It is good to be w arned by a f riend .

Little girl , you have been w arned by your friends. It

is our duty to remind the little children that w e care

for them.

“ I t w as your part“ to be w arned by us, yourfriends. I t is said that the bad men have beendestroyed by the long w ar. They say that the chil

dren had been reminded by their friends that their7

large bo oks w ould be a great care to them. Littlechildren, you w ou ld be destroyed by the bad men. It

is w orth little to have been praised by you . Underfavor, good masters, w e w ill exhibit a play to yourservants. By your leave, my friend , I w ill relate to

you the bad language o f your servants. The girl saidthat she had been praised by you in my name. You

ought to be w arned by your friends. By destroying“

his good book you have disquieted the little boy. Byrelating fables the Muses w arned the little children.

He saw that G od w as about to destroy the w icked.We are disturbed by the destruction“o f our books.

L. xv n. 2. t l 249, 11. See Voou um v . L. xv iii. l .

LESSON XXIII.

Videor, vidiri, visas , to seem, to appear, to be seen.

Multum boni delev isse videor.

l T e multum boni

esse deleturum videtur Parvos pueros mihi curae

magnae esse futuros videbatur. Magni est bonus esse.

Bellum longum“ fore v ideretur. Nerrant te libros

malo s delere“visum esse. Fabulam bonam narravisse

videris. Amicis verba dedisse videbamini. Amiciscurae esse magnae videremini. Malia libris delendisvideremur boni. Pueri libro s delere visi erant. S ervo

meo vafro veniam dandam mihi visum‘est. Venia

miserie danda“amicus iis v ideris. Vos, amici, conturbav isse v idebimur. Pro speri futuri videbimini. Amicinostri narrant te S ibi amicumv ideri. Puellae esse S ibimultos amices monebimus. Magnum est malumvirummonere. Amicus meus temeis verbis laudabit. Puel

larum curam librorum landete. Misero s moneamusDeumeos amare. Amices ab amicis moneri pulchrumest. Puer se Sibi v ideri bonum narrst. A vobis,amici, moneamur. Tuorum amicorum te monuerimus.

‘

Ego te, mi serve, multa monui. Dominum veniamservis dandammonete. Vos me vestrumdominum, servimali, delevistis.

We seem1 to have (or think w e have)been friendly tothe good. You seemed about to be prosperous. I t

appears“that G od is friendly to the good. It appeared“

that the w ar w ould be long. He seemed a go o d man.

Their servants seemed to have deceived us. You appear

S IMPL E sasrmcss. 7

to have praised me, my friends. We shall seem to

have disturbed you by our long stories. I t seems thatthe servant, after he had been w arnedf by his master,w as destroyed by bad men. You w ould seem to havebeen a great care to your friends. I w ould remind you,by your leave, that you seemto have been the friend o fbad men. I t is w orth little to appear prosperous. I t

is said that you seem to yourself to be (or think that

you are)miserable. The little children seem to be a

care to the friendly servant. I t seemed good“to us to

remind our servants o f many things! We, good friends,have been reminded by you o f many things. We seemto have been reminded o f yourmiserable w ars. Underfavor, my friend, I w ould remind you that your servantseems to be about to deceive you. The Servant saysthat you have deceived his master. We shall seem to

have been praised by the good. The servants had beenreminded by theirmasters that they

“w ould“be friendly

to them.

“

R. 1 .“L. xxi. a.

“4205, R. 18. ‘ L. xix. 1 .0 L .

xxi. 6.f L . xvi. 5.

t L . xx. h.

48 m EOISEs.

LESSON XXIV.

Fourth Conjugation, A ctive. 5160.

Audio , audire, audivi, saditan , to hear.

Cause, oausae, cause, reason.

Causes audivimus. T e tues amicos amicis verbislaudare audimus. Audi, mi serve, me tuum dominum.

Vestra verbe vafra audiebamus. Tuorum amicorumcause

1to servo tuo veniam dedisse audivimus. Domini

cause longas servoruma nobis monitorumfabulas audiemus. Fabulas tuas, verbi cause,“servimei audiverint.Deus nostra mala verba endict. Pueri narrant, verbicause, servos tuos tibi fore curae. Ejus cure mei memultamonebit. Eume suis“ servis esse deletum audiveramus. Malta tibi videnda“ vidimus. Vos multafuisse“monitos audivimus. Vos monuerimus‘ Deumvestra verba male esse auditurum. Multum boni audivissemus. Viris malis videndis moniti eramus. Multatibi laudanda“ audiv i. Me tuis verbis servo s laudareaudivissetis. Multa magnae v obis curac future audiebamus. Malumesse, verbi cause, amalis laudari audiveramus. Longumfuit vafras servorumfabulas audire.

Dominos servis suismiserie veniam esse daturos audivisti. Fabulas audient. A miseris viris laudaremim.

Ego tibi, mi serve, eramamandus. Multummali deleremus. Serv i cura vestri“conturbabuntur. Vos bonoviro amico nostro verba dedisse narrabatur. Pueri

audiuntmagni esse a te laudari. Id tibi bono“fuisseaudiveramus. Vos bona venia vestra monuerim pul

chrumesse servumsuo domino“eudire.

S IMPL E SEnrxncEs. 49

I have heard your cunning servant’s stories. L et us

hear the fables o f the Muse. We hear that there“havebeen w retched w ars. The boys have heard that theyhave been praised by you. The master heard that w ehad been deceived by his servants. You have heardthat it“is good to be praised by one

’

s friends. Wehave heard that you have w arned your servants o f

many things. We should be disquieted, for example,“

by bad language. Under favor, I w ould remind you,my friend, that I have heard the bad language o f yourservants. We are going to hear the fable o f the Muse.

You may have heard that my books have been de

stroyed. You have heard, f or example, that beautifulfables are related by the Muses. You seem to haveheard that I have been praised by your friends. You

w ill hear that w e have been deceived by our friends. I t

is w orth much to hear that w e are loved by you. Weintend to w arn the cunning servant that you have heardhis bad language. You hear that w e have praised the

boys in your name. We w ould have w arned you on

account o f our friends. You ought“to destroy badbooks on account o f the little children. We w ouldhave pardoned the w retched men on your“ account.

You have been disquieted on our account. He saysthat he has been disquieted on his ow n account. Iw ould remind you that your friends w ill hear your badlanguage. It is good to hear that w e have been praisedby the good. It is good for‘ little children to obey“G od.

0 3208, 7(a). L. xxii. 8. L. xxi. 6. Q 211, R. 8 (c), last

part. L. xv . 4.

50 m acrsrs.

LESSON XXV.

S entio , sentire, sensi, sensum, to f eel , to p erceive, to notice.

S ententia, sententias , op inion, sentiment, sentence.

Tuamcuramnostri sentimus. Mala verba tua sensi

mus. Pueri Musae curam sui se sensisse narrant.

N o stramcuramv estri sentite. Vestra verba vafra sen

tiremus. Deus nostra verba audivit. Deus nostrumcuram sui sentit. Amicorumcause suis verbis puelleslaudabimus. Mea sentential miseris venia danda.

Pulchras Musarum sententias audiebamus. Deus nos

tras sententias sentiet. Deus se no stras sententias esse

sensurum no s monet. N o s tibi,mi amice, magnae

curae esse futuro s sentiebamus. Venise tibi datae“

cause delebimur. Sententia vestra nobis narrate“con

turbabamur. Vafris serv orum verbis domino narratis

is conturbabitur. Fuero s malo s esse Dei monendo s”

sentimus. Pueri mali malis libris suis deletis“ contur

bati sunt. Te tuis fuisse curae sensisti. Longum fuitvestras sententias audire. S entiunt bono s malis veniadanda‘ conturbari. Fabulis pueris narrandis‘ eo s

moneri sensistis. Magni est tuas sententias bonas sensisse. Pulchris amicorumsententiismoneamini. Multa

fuimus“te monituri. Deum te amare sensisse v ideris.

“

N o s vobis verba dedisse sentire v idebamur. T e, mi

amice, bona tua venia monuerim,sententiam tuamme

conturbavisse.

We have perceived the good man’

s care for the bad

boys. Suppo se‘ the girls have no ticed the beautiful

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

52 u n dress.

LESSON XXVI.

Fourth Conjugation, Passive. 5160.

A Deo audimur. A Deo miseris veniam daturo‘

audimini. A Deo malo s deleturo eudiemini. Sententiee vestrae a vestris amicis audiebantur. Verba no stramea sententia“ a Deo audiuntur. Mihi videtur Deumnos esse auditurum. Te no stros libros delevisse audiebatur.

“ Bellum miserum multo s esse deleturumauditur. Pulchris Musarum fabulis eudiendis“monebimini.Musarum fabulis auditis“moniti“esse videbamur. B0

num est eudiri ab amico . Ab amicis meis mea cause

audieris. Andiri est amari. Pulchrum est, verbicause, no s ab amicis amari sentire. Multi, verbi cause,bellismiserie delantar. Te febularumservis danderumcuris conturbari auditum‘

est. A vobis, amici, audiremur. Magni erit nos e vobis esse audito s. Tibi sumusaudiendi. Pulchri libri v idendi“ tibi mihi‘ sunt. ADeo emaremur. Vefri v ideremini. Vestrarum sen

tentierumcause auditi essemus. Nobis cause fuit bona.

Multum’ boni a te esse deletum audietur.

“ Ab amicisaudiamur. Narratur pueros se tibi fuisse eudiendo s

sensuros.’ S ententiis vestris nobis narratis v idemurmulta moneri.“ Mihi, domine, bona venia tua, servituimonendi multa“v identur.

Your bad“language w ill be heard by the go od“G od.

We seem to have been heard“by you. L et us be

heard by our“friends. It w as heard‘ that you had dis

quieted the bed men by the destruction“o f their bad

S IMPLE S ENT ENCE S . 53

books. You have been heard to remind your friendsthat they w ere a great care to you. You may haveheard, for example, that your Opinions have been re

lated to us, your masters . I t had been heard that

you w ere intending to praise the go od man in our

name. The boys have given me their bad books to bedestroyed! We perceived that our language w as

heard.

“ Serv ants, it seems to us that your mastersought to be obeyed. In your Opinion the miserableought to be pardoned. I t seemed that w e had beendeceived by the cunning servant. We w ould be heardby our f riends. Your w ords w ould be heard. WeShould“be loved. You had a bad cause. You w ill be

praised for my sake. We have many friends w hom

you ought to see.

“ The girls w ere confused by our

praising their stories.

“ You w ould be destroyed bythe miserable w ar. You w ould seem to have beenpraised by my servant in my name. I t seemed good“

to themaster that the servant’s story should be heard.

0 L. xxv . l . L. xxiii. 2. Q 205, R. 18. L . xxn . 8. Q 226.

f L. xx. a, b.I’

Q 270, R. 3. L. ix . 2. L. xxii. 2. I Q 274, R.7.L. xxiii. 4.

LESSON XXVII.

Tui libri a nobis sentiuntur esse mali. Bellum e

bonis miserumesse sentitur. Servi tui a temiseri essesentirentur. A vobis, amici, boni

‘

esse sentiremur.

Servi mei a vobis vafri esse sentientur. Multa meamale 9.Deo sentiuntur. Ego a te

,mi domine, sentiebar

54 exE Iw I S ES .

bonus fuisse. Bellum longum futurum esse sensimus .

Multe a vobis sentiri senseramus. Domini, servos vestro s audito te. S erv orum male a dominis sentiuntor.

A uditumerat, verbi cause, servos tuos vafros tibi fuissecurae. Vo s a nostris nostra cause audiemini. Videberis amicorumcause andiri. Deum no s ridere sentie

bamus. Multe ab amicis meneri visi sumus . Te ser

v o s moniturum“ visum est. Sententiae tuae nobis pulchrae v isee sunt. Sorveramcause domino eorummalevisa S it. Puerum tuos libros delere vidimus. Malum

puerum verbis tuis monueramus. Auditar te malislibris delendis malos conturbev isse. Fabula mihi a

puelle narrate“me ab ea

l laudatum esse v idebam.

Domini narrant suos S ibi servo s curae esse. N o s nos

tris curse futuros videramus. Id tibi bono futurumsensisti. Amici mihi sunt vobis emandi.“ A Deo

malos deleturo moneamur. Venia servis a domino datase eb cc amari senserunt. Magni foret v os v idisse.

Servants are felt by their“masters to be a great careto them.

“ We felt that“that w ould be an advantage“

to us. We Shall be perceived to have been friendly toour servants. It is felt by our friends that you are a

great advantage to them. You w ill be perceived bythe

,children to have heard their sentiments. Our

friends are felt to have been go od to us. Our manyevils have been seen by G od. Your f riendly languagehas been heard by your friends. We have heard thatour friends felt that they should be a great advantage

to you. I t is heard that the boys praise our care for

their friends; When w e had heard“your opinl on, w e

felt that w e ought to praise you. When w e had heardyour bad language, w e w ere disquieted. When the

S IMPL E summons. 55

little children had been pardoned, w e felt that they

ought to be reminded o f many things. By hearing“

the stories o f the good man the little children are

reminded that G od sees them. You may have heard,for example, that I have cunning servants. We hadheard, for example, that you w ere intending to give usbeautiful books. We felt that it w as go od to be heardby a friend. You w ill seem to have been praised bythe bad. We should have seemed to be praised for theSake o f our friends. In our opinion you have a go odcause. He said that he had a goo d cause, in his

opinion. For the sake o f yourmaster, I w ill obey you,his servant.

L. xxvi. g. L. xxv . 3. L. xxiv . 5.

“L. xxv . 4.

LESSON XXVIII.

Third Conjugation, A ctive.

Regina, reginae, queen. Regnum, regni, kingdom.

Nostra regine regnummagnumregit. Vestra regineregnum regebat parvum. Regnamagna reximus. Regna parva rexissent. T e regnum prOSperum regereaudivimus. Regina regnumsuumparvumesse senserat.

Miserampulchrae regnumreginae bello misero delebetur. Regina regni sui cause malis viris veniam dedit.Servos vafros regimus. Magnum est malos regere.

Deus nos regit. Sententia vestra regeret. Amici nosregent. Regina curemagne regnumrexerat. Nerrantservos v afro s dominum regere. Te regnummagnum

e

56 m acrsxs.

rexisse auditumest. Magna regna, pulchrae reginae,rexistis. Boni viri nos id monuissent. Bello longo

multi delebuntur. Regnum parvum regere videberis .

S ententia tua nobis narrate conturbati fuimus. Fabulis audiendis bonismali puerimonerentur. A udiveritis,

verbi cause, sententias nostras vobis esse emicas.A udimus. Vos vestra male multa a nobis esse visamonuerimus.

‘ Malo servo viso pusri conturbentur.

Regno rumvestrorummagnorum cause, reginae bonae,malo s viros delete. Servus S ibi bonam causam esse

sensit. Nostrum esse pueros monere sentiamus. Vi

demini mihi esse amici. Parvi fore nos amalis reginislaudatos esse sensimus.

We rule great kingdoms. Yourmaster rules cunningservants. They say that their queen rules a smallkingdom. We had heard that you w ere going to rule

a pro sperous kingdom. Our good friends w ould haveruled us. L et us rule ourmany servants. Prosperousmasters, rule your servants. We have ruled them.

1

T o rule the bed w ill disquiet the good queen. Weshould be confused by hearing the boy’

s stories. The

care o f w arning the cunning boys disquieted us. It

seems to me that you rule good servants. G ood menare going to see G od. We hear that you have heardthe beautiful fables of the Muse. The servants hearthat they have been praised in the queen’

s name. On

account o f our servants w e shall give you many badbooks to be destroyed.

“ Having heard our story,“the

queen perceived that she had been deceived by you.

In your opinion w e seed to have a good cause.

“ It

is characteristic o f a queen to rule the opinions o f herservants . Our servants are perceived by us to have

S IMPLE em snens. 57

been cunning. He related that you had been heardtelling‘ stories to the little children. We w ould be

heard by our friends. They perceived that I hadpraised them in the queen’

s name. We w ould remind

you that G od, w ho w ill destroy“the w icked, has heard

your bad language.

‘ L xxi. 6.“L-xxvi. j .

LESSON XXIX.

Caedo , caedere, cecidi, seaso n , to erm’

ke, to slay. Q 188, Rm xx.

Occldo (ob-castle), oeeidere, eccidi, occisum, to kill , to put to death.

Q 163, Exo . 1 .

Virga, v irgae, rod. Virgie caedere, to scourge.

Servosmalos virgie caedunt. Servi dominummalumv irgis ceciderunt. Multes bello 1 occidistis. Malos

domino s servos bono s‘ ceedere'

malum est. Malos

bones cecidisse andin us . Regina male puellam pul

chramcecidit. Dominus servos virgie caedebat. E go

te, male serve, virgie caedem. Vos, reginae melee,meos amices occideratis. Reginarumbello servi earummulto s occident. Malos servos virgie caedamus. Mul

tos hello misero caederetis. Viri mali parvos puerosmultos occidebant. ' Nostri“nostra“ cause viros malo svirgie caedent. Mali servi, me dominum vestrumocciditis. Ego te, male serve, virgie caederem. Re

gina, cause audits , virosmiseros virgie cecidit. Narratur reginammalos servos suo s virgie caesuram esse.

Malos viros puerum parvum virgis caedcre vidimus .

Regna parva regeremus. Curse regendi‘reginamcon

58 ExE E cIS Es.

turbaverunt. Multum“ boni a vestris delevisse sen

timini. Bonos Deum v isuros‘ sentitis. S ervum vobismonendumf monete. Puerumserv o virgemdare vidistis. Multos vobis esse amices sensimus. Monebo ser

v os meos memalo s virgie caesurum. Deus mea senten

tia nobis est amandus. A Dec videmini. Servi fabulaa domino data cum leudabant. A udiv isti, verbi cause,sententiam tuam mihi esse nerratam. N05 reginaemagnis regendi curis conturbamur. Id tibi bono fuissemagno sensi. No stri pro spero hello“vestros ceciderint.Deo visumest“malos deleri. Narratur te multos amicorum“meorum occisurum.

We hav e slain many in w ar.

1 You w ill S lay manyin w ar. We Should have S lain many in the long w ar.

They scourged the bad men. You put to death your

f riends. The w retched men w ill have killed theirfriends. Our men“ w ere killing many. For the sakeo f a great kingdom the bad queen puts to death herfriends. On your account I have scourged the cun

ning servant. For the sake of her friends the bed“

queen w ill put to death the go od“men. You are S lay

ing our friends. The queen’

s servants had slain manyo f your friends inWar. Wretched man, you have slain

your friend. L et us scourge the w icked servant. Weheard that you had S lain your friend. I t is an evilthat the bad Should“slay the good. We hear that thequeen, having heard the cause, w ill Scourge the badmen. You seemed to have been reminded o f yourfriends. You w ere heard telling“a beautiful story tothe children. You w ere seen scourging your servants.

We are felt by our friends to have been an advantageto them. I t has seemed go od to us to grant pardon to

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

60 m amas.

regi. Regni mei cause v os, mali viri, occideremini.Caesis viris reginam deleturis ea miseria eorum serv is

veniam est datura. Regina bona a suis servis caesa

regnummiseramconturbabitur. Bonis viris oceidendis

ditur. Servus a domino v irgis caedebatur. A bonodomino , servi mali, regebamini. Te nos multa moniturum senseramus. Servo s nostro s rexisse videmur.

“

Multi longo bello occiderentur. Bone venia, amice,

servi tui te recturi videntur. NobiS bonam causemfuturam sentiebamus. T e monuerimus, verbi cause,

verbis tuis auditis malis nos esse conturbatos. Servise domini verbis laudari sentient.

We are ruled by our friends.

‘ L et us be ruled byourf riends. Yourmaster is ruled by cunning servants.

We may have been ruled by our go od friends. A greatkingdomhas been ruled by us. Many have been killedby us in w ar. The bad men w ill have been scourged.

Your friends w ill be put to death. Many w ere S lain

by our men. On your account the cunning servanthas been scourged by us. They are ruled by us.

That the good should be slain by the bed is an evil .You may have heard, for example, that w e are ruledby a good queen. Servants ought to be ruled by theirmasters. We w ere disquieted by ruling bad men.

By putting“ good men to death you w ould disqu iet

your kingdom. It seemed to us that you w ere ruled‘

by your servants. It had been heard by us that youhad been put to death on account o f your opinions.

After the bad servants had been scourged,“the queen

praised her good servants.

“ I t is good to be ruled by

S IMPLE am us eE s. 61

a goodman. Many w ould have been slain in the longw ar. You w ould be put to death on account of yourOpinions. The bad queen, disquieted by the care of

ruling a great kingdom, put to death many Of her ser

vents! It seemed good to the queen to grant pardonto you on your friend’s account. After the w retchedman had been pardoned,“the good queen w as praisedby her servants. You are scourged on account of yourbad language. It may have been heard, for example,that w e have been praised in the queen’

s name. Myfriends tell me that they feel that I have a bad cause.

Your servant w as seen destroying my beautiful books.

You are felt by us to have been a great advantage toour friends.

“L xxiiiJ.' L . xv .

6. I L . xxix. h.

LESSON XXXI.

Verbs in -10 of the T hird Conjugation, A ctive. 5159.

Capio , capers , cepi, captum, to take, to seize, to cap tivate.

Facio , facere, feci, factum, to make, to do . Verba facere, to talk.

Conf icio (com, or cum, and facio), conficere, conf'

é ci, confectum, toaccomp lish, to exhaust, to finish. Q 163, E X0. 3 (b).

Mcum librum copisti. Nostros libros capiunt.

Amicorum cause multa fecimus. Dominus servi cae

dendi cause virgas cepiebat. Puerorummonendorumcause librum parvum ceperam. Multe mihi fecisti.Multe verba faciebetis. Pueris“ verbs facitis. Tue

62 m emes.

cause multa faciemus. Pueri vafri parvos puellarumlibros capotent. Vestra, amici mei, cause multa focissemus. Puellarum monendarum cause verha fecistis

multa.

“ Vestra cause me multa fecisse monuerim.

l

Nerrant se nos magni“fecere. No s parvi facturi‘ videbamini . Amico s magni fecimus. Dominus servumcaesurus virgem cepiehat. T e regna magna bello ‘

cepisse andin us . Te regnum parvum magno hello

capers vidimus. Pulchrae pulchrarum fabulae Musarum puelles ceperunt. Amica verbe tua me capercut.Te tuos magni fecere erat auditum. Longum bellummihi a meis servis est confectum. Fac'mihi parvumlibrum. Fac puero verbe. Deus nobis multa conficit.

S erv orummonendorum curae me conficiunt. Fae“te,verbi cause, a bona regine regi. Fee, verbi cause ,

puerum libros taos pulchros delev isse. Te nos parvifacturum sentimus. Magni te faceremus. Ab amicisregemur. Libris meis pulchris deletis servos malo svirgie cecidi. A h amicis sentiremur esse honi. Boni

viri est snorumcause multa fecere. Multi hello longooccidentur. Longes serv orumvefrorum fabulas audiretuumerat. Tuos tibi servos verbe dare sensisti. Pue

ros moniturimulta verbe iis faciemus.

You have talked much.

“ We shall talkmuch to thechildren. You are taking our books. We w ould havetaken rods in order to scourge the bad servants.

“ The

master to ok a rod in order to scourge the bad servant.You w ere doing much“ on our account. We have

accomplished many things on account o f our friends.

You are talking to a good man. We w ill talk to thegirl. G od w ill do much for“good men. I t is heardthat you have donemuch evil . You w ould have seen

S IMPLE snxranens. 68

the boy takemy bo oks. We heard that you had seizedgreet kingdoms in w ar. I esteem you highly. You

have perceived that w e think much o f our friends.

You w ould have thought little o f him on account o f his

sentiments. Suppo se,“ for example, that your friendhad been killed in w ar. Suppose,“for example, thatG od w ill destroy the w icked. The bad queen’

s servantshave put good men to death on account o f their opinions.

You w ould seize a small kingdom’

by a great“ w ar.

You havemade w ar upon your friends.

“ I t is an evilfor“the had to make w ar upon the goo d. I t belongsto G od to pardon miserable men. I t is a good man’

s

duty to do much for“the miserable. We shall makew ar upon the queen . It is w orth much to appear

prosperous. By pardoning the miserable you w ill

appear to have loved them. I t is our duty to remind

you that your friends have accomplished much for you.

Suppo se, for example, that you have been praised inthe queen’

s name. When your friends had heard yourbad language,“they w ere disquieted.

“Q 222, 1 .

° Q 247, 8. I Q 162 , 4.8 L .

xv . 4.

64 u nscxsns.

LESSON XXXII.

Verbs in -10 of the Third Conjugation, Passive. 5159.

[Of the passive of f aeio , w hich signifies to be done, ormade, to take

p lace, to become, to happ en, only those parts are in use w hich are

formed fromthe third roo t, together w ith the participle in -dus.

The deficiency is supplied by the irregular verb jio , for w hich

see Lassen XLIX. The passive o f conficio is regular. Q 180,

Serv i nostri e viris malis capiantar. Vir bonus a

reginaemelee servis sententiarumsuaramcause captus“

o ccidetur. Magna reginerum miserarum regna hello

cepta erant. Parvus parvee pacllae liher a puero v efro

captus est. Virgee a domino servi caedendi cause“

captae fuerunt. Pueri Musarum fabulis capientur.

Regnumnostrumregine cepte“conturbatur. S erv orum

monendorumcuris conficimur. A tuis servis capiemur.

Amicis verbis tuis caperemur. Fuori viri boni verbiscapti essent. Virga serv orum caedendorum cause a

te capitur. Verbo , mi puer, esperie. Miserie magniregni regendi curis conficiebamur. Libro s tuos cape.

Fac,‘ verbi cause, no s a viro malo capi. A viris malis

captus esse v ideberis. Bella megne ah amicis meismes cause confects sunt. Caceis reginae pulchrae ser

v is regnum ejus magnum capietur. Pulchris amiosoMusae fabulis caperemini. Paeri, libros cepite. Me

parvi a vobis factumesse sentiebam. Multe verbe a to

facts sunt. Verba tibi“faciends puerismulta. Bellum

magnum miserae reginae“ erat factum. Narrant v os

vestris magni esse faciendos. Sententia mes meis

S IMPL E S EM I-irons. 65

magni sum faciendus. Baallam fecimus regni.

magnireginam.

‘

Belle confecta regina/ sum a servis meisfacts . Viri mali no s servos‘ fecerant. Ego te servorummultorum dominum fecissem. A to servus factuserem. T e reginem' esse factamv idemus. Me reginaeverbis laudatumfacit.“ Dominuma servis cscsun faci

tis . Febula reginam facit a suis servis esse occisam.

Magni est a bonis laudatus v ideri. Id tibi bono“fuissesensimus.

We Shall be seized by badmen. The w retched menw ould have been seized on account o f their Opinions .

The beautiful bo oks o f the little girl w ere taken by thecunning boys. Great kingdoms are taken in w ar.

Rods w ere taken by the master in order to scourge hisservants. A rod w as taken in order to w arn the bad

boy. The kingdomis disquieted by the seizure“o f thebeautiful queen. You saw my bo oks taken“ by the

boys. I t had been heard that you w ere exhausted“bythe cares o f ruling a great kingdom. Af ter the longw ere had been finished, the queen

’

s friends w ere put todeath. You w ould be captivated by the friendly w ordsOf our prosperous friends. We Shall be captivated bythe friendly stories o f the beautiful Muses, told“ inorder to w arn us. Servants, take your master

’

s books.

We are exhausted“by the cares o f finishing the longw ars. Suppo se,“for example, that the servant is ex

hausted by long care for the little children. Suppose,for example that you had been seen scourging yourservant. We had been highly esteemed by our friends.

We saw that you had been highly esteemed by yourfriends. You must talk much“to the servants. You

have talked much.

“ War has been made upon the

66 an s w ers.

small kingdom.

“ He felt that w ar ought to be madeupon the w icked. You havemademe queen‘

o f a greatkingdom. Make the bad men servants o f go od masters.

We are going to make you master o f many servants.

By telling good stories to the boys you w ill make themgo od.

“ They w ere made servantsf o f bad men. He

represents that I have been praised in the queen’

s name.

‘ L . xxxi. 5.

“L. xxn . 2.‘ L. xxxi. 8 and 8.

‘ L. xxxi. a.

‘ Q 280. I L . xn. a.‘ Q 210 (b).

“L. xxiv . 5.

‘L. xxxi. 8.

1 L . ix. d.

LESSON XXXIII.

Third D eclension. 557.

[The scho lar should learn the large print rules for gender (QQ 58,62 , and should learn also ho w to f orm the nominative singular fromthe ro ot ( Q

Pater, patris, f ather. Q 28. Mater, matris, mo ther. Q 29.Frater, fratrie, bro ther. S oror, sorOris, sister.

A udiebam fratremmeuma patre esse laudatum. T e

a mes sorore amatum sensi. Mater mes me multamonuit. Deus no s se nostrum petrem esse monet.Fabulis a sororibus fratribus narratis capimur. Me

meis fratribus magno bono fuisse video . Petremnos

trum curis multis confectum videbamus. S orores suas

S ibi magno bono fuisse sentit. Patre meo a viris maliscapto conturbabar. Patremtuumte magni fecere vidimus. Mater bona Deumpueros bono s amsremihi narrabat. Fae, verbi cause, petrem tuum a tuo fratre

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

68 n u cleus.

long stories told by you. You had seemed captivatedby the beautiful stories o f my brother. We hear thatyour mother’

s servants are exhausted' by the care o f

your little brothers. I t is said that your servants oughtto have been w arned by your father. We shall feelthat w e ought to have been praised by your mo ther.

I t is w orth much to be praised by one’

s father. Oqueens, for the sake o f the great kingdoms ruled by

you, finish your w ere!

‘ L. xxii. 8.

“L. xxi. 6.‘

Q 162, 4.‘ L. xx. 1 .

1 L. xxxi. 5. 6 L. xxxii. 5.

LESSON XXXIV .

Rex, regis, king. Miles, militia so ldier. Q 30.

Urbs , urbis city. Civ is, civis citizen.

Regis milites urbemmiseremceperunt. S entio civesmeos esse bones milites. Rex militibus caesis curis

conficiturmagnie. Regi no stro bones ess’

emilites sentimus. Urbium“ parvarumcives belle longo esse con

fecto s auditar. Fratres meo s regis milites fore a te

monitus eram. Fratris mei cause rex civibus multisveniamdederat. Megnarumurbiumcives eritis. Boni

regis est se regere. Narrant regemurbis miserae civibus caesis eammilitibus delendam“dedisse. Civium‘

sententiis regi narratis is conturbari v isas.

“ Regemv os milites S ibi facturemeste moniti. Fae, verbi cause,te regemurbesmultas delere vidisse. Rex urhiuma se

captarum cives,

occisurus videtur. Militibus te fecere

regem“visumf est. Rex, reginae cause, urbihus miserie

S IMPL E SENTENORB. 69

S ibi delendis det veniam. Gives miseri capta urhe a

regis militibus occiduntur. Caeso rege milites caede

rentar. Rex noster bones milites magni faciet. Rex

verbis militumauditis conturbatus videtur. Bonumest

a rege magno laudari. Caceis viris bonis a male regeregnum ejus conturbatumest. Veniamregi' militibusdandam sensimus. Regina militum“ curem regis leudebit. Rex fratrum meorum suorummilitum“ cause

patri tuo veniamdedisse narrater. Magnie magnorumbellorumconficiendorumcuris regis milites conficiuntur.

Bellum urbi parvae fecere regibus visum est. Rex

suo s S ibi milites menendes sentiebat. Fabule pulchranarrende rex suos S ibi amicosmilites fecit. A udimuste regemf esse factum.

The citizens of the little city destroyed the king’ssoldiers. I t seemed good to the citizens to destroytheir city in order to destroy“the king’

s so ldiers. I t

is a king’

s duty to rule himself . Suppo se,“for example,that you had heard that your brothers w ere kings o f

great cities. He represents his father to be a citizeno f your city. They represented that the king w as disquieted because“ the great city had been taken. Wew ere aw are

“that the citizens had destroyed the king’

s

so ldiers. So ldiers, let us take the prosperous cities o f

the king. The king w ill feel that the great cities arean advantage to him. We w ill make you king

‘o f a

great city. We shall be ruled by w icked kings. Weheard that you had been praised in the king’

s name.

G od is the King o f kings. After” the city had beentaken, the miserable citizens w ere slain by the king’sso ldiers. The go od citizens talked much to the king’

s

servants. The king w ill pardon the citizens on account

70 ExEE cI S Es.

Of the queen. We w ere perceived by the king to havebeen good so ldiers. Your bro thers seemto me to hav ebeen destroyed by the so ldiers. Themothermakes thechildren go od by telling go od stories to them. You

w ill be exhausted by the tedious care o f hearing the

cunning stories of the servants. We are exhausted“ bythe care o f ruling a great city. The care o f rulinggreet cities w as felt by the king to be a miserablething.

’ Your sisters ought to be reminded o f manythings by theirmo ther.

‘

Q 83, II . 8.“L. xxv i. j . Q 83, II . 2.

‘ L. xv i. 2.‘ L.

xxxn. e. I Q 205, R. 18 ; L. xxiii. 4.l L . xxxi i . 2. L. xvn . 4.

Q 204.JL. xxxi i . g. L . xxxi. 5 ; L . ix. d. L. xxxi. 8. L.

xxx. 8. S ee Innu . L. xxxii. 5.l' L. xiv . 2.

LESSON XXXV.

Amer, amOris lo ve, desire, aj ection.

Iter, itineris j ourney, march.

Home,“hominis man, human being.

Opus, operis w ork.

Hominisl est suo s amare. Fratres tui a sororibus

magno amore amantur. Fratris amorem sororum“ lau

demus. Urbium parvarum cives regem amaverunt.

Gives prosperi a rege laudabuntur. Civ ium Opera a

rege sunt landende . Regis milites itinera magna erant

Home is the general term forman i.s. f or a human being as dis

tinguished fromother liv ing creatures. Vir isman as distinguished

from w oman. Homo is o ften used contemp tuously ; vir, resp ectfully ,

aman w ith amanly charao ten— ARNOLD.

S IMPL E BENTENOE S . 71

facturi. Hominum opera a Deo delebuntur. Magnumiter mihi esse faciendum vidi. Audi, puelle, sororumtuaram fabulas. Magno pulchrae urbis amore capimur.

V ideo te longi itineris cause multa mihi monendum.

Fac,verbi cause , cives urbe capta caesos.

“ Puerorumamore captus libros parvo s iis dabam. Magni est itinera longa fecisse. Confecto itinere longo magnamregis urbemvidimus . Tuum est homines Dei monere.

Urbem multis b‘

ello misero caesis conturbari videtis.

Fratri tuo regnummagnumregendem dederas. MegniS urbium Operibus deletis‘ cives conturbarentur.

Amorem sororis tuum laudav eramus . Matris cause, mi

puer,fratribus miseris da veniam. Magno sententiae

tuae amore capti sumus. Opera nostra matri tuaelaudanda sensimus. Magnis itineris faciendi curis conficiemini.

We have seen the great w orks o f many men. Wefelt that w e ought to see

“the great cities o f the king

dom. We hear that your friends have been seized w ithgreat love for“my bro ther. I t is human to praise one’

s

o w n things.

‘ They say that it is human to love one’

s

o w n friends. Suppose, for example, that you Should“

see the city o f the great king. Having finished mylong journey I saw the king o f the prosperous citizens.

We shall be seized w ith great love for your friends.

We w ould havepraised the boy’

s love for his sisters.

He w as seen striking his bro ther w ith a rod. You w ill

be exhausted by making long journeys. I t is the dutyo f citizens to love their king. I t is the duty o f men tolove G od. L et us praise the afi

'

ection o f the so ldiersfor their king. Having destroyed the great w orks o fthe city, the king gave the w retched beings to his

70

72 Ea cI S ES .

so ldiers to put to death.

“ It has seemed good to G od,in order to w arn kings that they are ruled by him, to

represent himself to be the King of kings. We percalved that our friend w as exhausted by the w retchedcares of long journeys w hich“ he had to make. Wehad heard that our father w as highly esteemed by theking. You perceive that a great w ork must be accom

plished by us. We w ould have made themenmastersof great cities.

‘ v iL d. ‘ v iii. 2.

LESSON XXXVI.

A djectives of the Third Declension.

A cer, aeris, acre, sharp , severe, spirited.

Celtber, celebris, celebre , f amous. Q 108.

rules for the div ision o f w ords into syllables (QQ 17—28)mayadvantageously be learned before proceeding further.)

Regibus scribus erant acres milites. Acres patristui sententias laudemus. A cribus verbis tuis conturbabar. Regem celebria urbium opera fuisse deleturum

“

sensistis. Verborum seriam cause a domino virgiecaedimur. Celebre iter tuummemultamonuit. Cele

bri urbi fuit rex malus . Regis verbe milites fecerantacres.

“ Urbium celebrium civibus erant reges mali.Confecto itinere longo celebria urbis Opera v idebimus.

S ententiis vestris scribus auditis, vos me fuissemonitaros sentiebam. Rex suos Sibimilites acres bonemagno

S IMPL E em cee. 78

fuisse v idit. Magno acriumsententiarumtuarumamorecapimur. Celebribus urbibus esse civesmiseros sentitis.

Narro tibi, fratres mei tibimagni sunt faciendi. Sororis amoremvobis magni faciendumbona veniamonuerimus. Rex, captis urhibus celebribus, acres militessuos leudaverat. Regis milites fratres meos virosacres hello occiderunt. Fae, verbi cause, nos tibibellumfecisse. Deus te hominem regemfecit. Regibus celebribus deletis Deum regem regum esse monemur.

We w ould remind you that w e have Spirited soldiers.

You have been made king o f f amous cities. The

Spirited w ords Of the king inspiritlthe so ldiers. You

have reminded me“by your Spirited sentiments, that Iamking o f Spirited so ldiers. We w ould remind you,my brother, that you should“highly esteemamo ther’

s

love. You seemed to have talked much to the spiritedcitizens. Suppo se, for example, that you w ere aboutto destroy a famous city. Talk to my father, w ho isgo ing to destroy my little bo oks. Having pardoned“

the citizens, the king w ill perceive that he is loved bythem. You had destroyed the kingdomby seizing theking. We should be exhausted by the severe cares o f

ruling famous cities. The children seemcaptivated bythe famous stories o f my sisters. We see that you are

gomg to make w ar upon our famous city . The severecares o f finishing the great w orks o f the famous citiesdisquieted the kmg

’

s servants. You are exhausted bymaking long journeys. I t has seemed go od to G od toremind men that he w ill destroy their famous w orks.

I t is w orth little to he the friend of a bad king. They

74 sm eI S Es.

say that it is human to love one’

s self . I hear that

you are a so ldier o f my father, a Spirited man.

“ L. xxv . 5.“Q 230, N. 8, lastpart.

LESSON XXXV II.

Mitis , mite, mild, gentle. Q 109 .

Omnis, omne, all , every .

Cum, w ith. De, f rom, concerning , of , f or, about, on. In,

accusative, into w ith the ablativ e, in, on. Q 195, 5, 6.

Mites amitibus lsudantur. Amici mei mihi mitibusverbis veniam dent. Mitia matris tuae verbs amavimus. Pueri mali miti sorori tuae verbe dederunt.

Tibi, mi rex, omnial fecissem. Vo s omnibus de“ causis

fuisse laudandos sentimus. Bonis de causis regismilites occidisse videmini. Curie omnibus confice

remini. Servis tuis omnibus magnum tui amorem esse

v idebamus . Laudando“ bones malo s monendo mitesreges regna regunt. Longum est

“tibi civium omnium

omnes sententias narrare. Mitia verbs tua me tuae

matris monuerunt. Magno mitlam amore puerorumcapti essetis. Longis itineribus faciendis rex omnesregni cives est visurus. Milites acres ab acri rege laudabuntur. Mihi tecum‘

sunt“omnia. Rex cummiliti

bus multis“longis confectis itineribus urbem celebremcepit. Vos bonis de cansis monuimus. Ego cum fratribus meis itinera longa sum facturus. In to sunt

“

omnia. In rege milites omnia esse sentiebant. Nobisvobiscum sunt omnia. Vobis nobiscum omnia esse

v identur. Regis est mali hominum delendorumcause

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

LESSON XXXVIII.

Felix, felicia, happy, f ortunate. Q 111 .

Amans, amantis, lov ing, af ectionate, f ond. Q 111 , REMm ; Q 130, III .

[Let the scho lar infiect the p resent p articiple o f every verb thus far

given.]

Fabulee puellis felicibus a metre miti nerrabantur.

Fratribus acribus sorores sunt amantes. S ororibus

amantibus erant fratres acres. Regna felicia a regibus

celebribus reguntur. S orores fratribus fabulas ner

rentes a metre felici audiebantur. Regibus regnamagna regentibus suntmulti amici. Te servos miseresvirgie caedentem vidimus. Mali homines me matrimiti verbe dantemfeciunt.‘ T e cives tui celebria urbisopera conficientemlaudabant. Urbibus felicibus erant

boni reges. Pueri mali mites S orores sues parvi fecerunt. Homines vafri reges magnos magni facient.Vobiscum,

amici, nobis sunt omuia. Vir prosperussecum“amicis felicibus esse omnia sensit. Omnibus decausis te felicem esse sentimus. Miserorum civ iumcause iter longum sumus tecum facturi. Ab scribus

regis militibus mes cause occideremini. Amicos felicesmisero mihi futuro s bone sensi. A sororibus mitibus,felices fratres, amamini. Reginae pro sperae omnibusregnorum felicium regendorum curis conturbabantur.

Fratres felices feliciumso rorum“emantes sunt. Deus

se omnes homines emantemfecit.“ Pueri plibrorumerant amantes. Fac

, verbi cause, to tui regisverbis esse laudatum. Deus nobis opera magna con

ficienda“ dedit. Pater pueros moniturus fabulam de

S IMPLE em ancns. 77

Dei emore us narravit. Hominis est Deum amare.

Dei est hominibus veniamdare.

It is a brother’

s part‘ to love his gentle Sisters. The

happy sisters have afiectionate bro thers. The queenfelt that she w as loved by the happy citizens. The

fortunate cities had spirited so ldiers. The famouscities w ere ruled by fortunate kings. I t is s sister

’

s

duty to remind her Spirited brother of many things.

We have been reminded o f our afi'

ectionate servants.

Our gentle queen ruled her kingdom by praising thegood, by w arning the bad. Kings w ho rule’ greatkingdoms have many so ldiers. The so ldiers, havingaccomplished a long march, w ere praised by the happyking. We have been seized w ith great afi

'

ection for

your happy brothers. Suppose, for example, that youhad been w arned in the king’s name. I t is the part o fa so ldier to do everything for his king’

s sake. It is a

go od citizen’

s duty to do much“for the city’

s sake. I t

is heard that you do much for the sake o f your lovingmo ther. We saw you taking“the bo oks o f our sisters.

G od sees w icked men do“much evil. We w ould remindyou

“that the king w ill praise you on account o f your

spirited sentiments, w hich have been related“to himbythe beautiful queen. Everything depends, O masters!upon your affectionate servants. L et us tell the gentle

girls a story about the love o f G od. My friends haveto ld memuch concerning your famous w orks. Tell memuch about the spirited sentiments o f the citizens. Wehear that the king thinks little o f you.

L . xxxi i . 8. L. xxxv ii. c. Q 218, R. 1 . L. xxv i. j . Q 211 ,R. 8 I Q 274, 8.

l L. xxi. 6. L. xxxvi. 2.

78 ExEEOIS E S .

LESSON XXXIX.

Fratres amantes sororibus libros pulchros dedcrunt.Rex malus miseros cives militibus occidendos debit.S orores meae fabulam civibus dantes ab iis leudatae

sunt. Rex regine visa1 ei multa de suis militibus acribus narrabat. Regina hominibusmiseris veniamdaturaeo s multa mouchet. Pueri, confecto cum patre feliciitinere longo , magna urbium celebriumOpera 9. civ ibus

prosperie facts v idebunt. Dominus v irgis caesurus serv os a se multa monitos ab iis occiditur. Pusri maliparvummeumfratremconturbantes e patre capti sunt.Matris fabulis nos monentis“ v os

, fratres mei, estis

monendi . S ententierum vestrarum cause me laudantium rex factus eram. T ue cause me tuum amicumlaudantis“prosperi viri servus factus sum. Cives prosperi itinera longa facientes a militibus esesi sunt.

Omnibus militibus cassis caeditur rex. Servi vafri

nobis vafres sues fabulas audientibus curae sunt.

Cives regi veniam S ibi danti omnia fecissent. Fae,

verbi cause, te pueros malos sorores parvas tuas con

turbantes cepisse. S ervum vafrum patri meo verbefacientem audivi. Curse regum regna magna regentium multae sunt. T e cum fratribus amantibus iterlongum facientem vidimus. Rex cives secum sen

tientes“ laudet. Magno amicorum nos monentiumamore capimur. Amicum nobiscum sentientem ama

mus. Civem petrem meum‘

magni facientem amavi.Fae in servo vafro esse omnia. Monete menendes.

“

We heard the afi'

ectionate father w arning“ the gentle

S IMPLE sameness. 79

girls. You saw the cunning boys take all my books.

On many accounts“w e love the friends w ho w arn

“us.

The gentle w ords o f the beautiful sisters w arning theirSpirited bro thers w ere heard by G od, w ho hears everything. It is my duty to love the friends w ho w arn me.

I t is your duty to w arn the cunning boys w ho take thebo oks o f your afi

’

ectionate sisters. The master w hile“

scourging his miserable servant w as killed by him.

The bad language o f the bad servants w ho w ere dis

quieting the little children w as heard by theirmaster.

My bro thers w hile making a journey w ere killed by theking’

s so ldiers. The boys w ere heard deceiving theirlittle sisters. You heard the servant talking to myfather. We praised our friends because“they agreed“

w ith us. You love your friends because they do every

thing fo r you. The king praises his Spirited so ldiersbecause they have destroyed‘ a famous city. The ser

vents having seen theirmaster perceived that their badlanguage had been heard by him. 0 king, praise thosew ho ought to be praised! The cares of servants w hodo everything for their masters are severe. Suppose,for example, that everything depends upon a bad king.

On many accounts w e love tho se w ho agree“w ith us.

The girls w ere seized w ith great love for the Muses,because they told them beautiful stories. We haveheard many things about the king w ho rules your city.

The boys w ere heard talking to the Spirited so ldier.

“L. xxxviii. 2. Q 274, 8, N. 2 (a). 0 L. xxxv i. 4.

80 n u cleus.

LE S SON XL.

Comparison of A djectives . 122 ; 124 ; 125.

[Let the scho lar compare all the adjectives already given (see { 125,and practice the declension o f the sup erlative:according to

Q 105,

Cives plurimi‘ bellis scribus delentur. A cerrimaeciv ium sententiae regi a suis narrantur. Fratres sororum“mitium sunt amantissimi.‘ Plurimi civium bellis

erant. Longissima bella° miserrima.

Pessimi homines miserrimi. Optimi viri prosperrimi.Puet i minimid maximae sunt curae. Fabulae pulcherrimae puellis mitibus ab Optimis’ Musis narrabuntur.

Milites itineribus longissimis confectis urbem celeberri

mamceperunt. Regina verbismitissimis veniamcivibus

omnibus dat. Plurimis militum caceis caeditur rex.

Curis regni regendi plurimis sum confectus. Tua

cause. plurima’ faciemus. Plurimis dc causis audiendi

videmini. Optimis de cansis laudandi v idebimini.Plurima verba fratri meo faciebas. Narratur regemto

plurimi‘ facere. Bumminimi facio . Fac,verbi causa,

tibi miserrimo bomini veniam regis verbis esse datam.

Vestrarum sententiarum pulcherrimarum causa veniaciv ibus belle longo confectis ab optimo rege dabitur.

Maximo amicorum te monentiumamore capiere.

‘ Plu

rimi mihi mecum sentientes sunt amici. Fabula nar

randa pulcherrima sorores amantissimae fratres acerri

mo smonuerunt. Curae vaferrimarum servorumfabulalarum audiendarum nos conficerent. Mater puellesmonitura iis verbe. faciebat plurima de suo in easf amore.

smru summons. 81

Very‘ severe w ars w ill have destroyed very many‘ o fthe citizens You are the best of all my friends.

The brothers are very fond“o f their little sisters . Weseemto have verymany friends.

“ I t is heard that verymany o f themost spirited so ldiers o f the king have beenS lain. They say that the so ldiers killed very manycitizens. The gentlest w ords are

‘the best. The

severest w ars are the most miserable. The most cun

ning servants tell the longest stories. G od ought tobe loved for very many reasons. We saw that youthought very little o f your gentle sisters. So ldiers,“

you have taken a very great city. We perceive thatyou w ill be the happiest o f all men. Go od servants arevery little care

“to their masters. Youmay have heardthe king praising me w ith very friendly w ords. The

king, having seen amost beautiful girl, w as seized w ithvery great love. We are exhausted‘ by the greatest

cares. You heard my sister talking to your father.

The girls seemed deserving o f praisef for the greatest

reasons. The mo st severe cares disquiet the king o f a

great city. Very many o f the servants ought to bepraised . You w ere made king on account o f yourSpirited sentiments, w hich w ere related to all the citizensby your best friends.

7 L et us tell the children a storyabout the very great love o f G od to them.

’ Themostfortunate men have“themo st friends. I entirely agree

“

w ith mymost affectionate mother.

L. xxxv iii. e. Q 162, 22. L. xv i. 2. L. ix . 2. 2162, 8.

1 4211 , B . 2 (d). l L. xxix . h. L. xii. g.

‘L. xxxu . 5.I L .

xvi. 8. L. xxxvn . 3.

82 sxnnoxsns.

LESSON XLI.

C'omparatives. $ 110.

Pars, partis (it), part. B, ex ,out of , f rom. Pro , f or, according to .

i 195, 5, and R. 2.

Pamel a — Ex parte, p artly ; multis partibus, by a great deal, much;omnibus partibus , in all resp ects, altogether; so omni parte, w ithor w ithout ex. Pro mes , tua, sue, parte, according to my, your,his, ability , etc. Magnum, maximumpartem, in greatp art, mostly,

f or themostpart.

Tuum regnummultis partibus“meo‘majuS esse sen

seram. Ego tibi multo’ meo fratre cram amicior.

Amicissimi mei tibi maximam partem“ sunt amici.Militum multo major pars est caesa caeso rege. Deusnos monet se nobis nostris amicissimis‘ amiciorem esse.

Ego pro mea parte tibi plurima fecissem. Urbemomnibus partibus“esse deletam sensistis. Multo maxima pars civ iuma regis militibus occidetur. Servi meituis sunt vafriores. Mihi meis fratribus mitioresv idemini. Causa mea tua pejor est. Bellamiserioracelebriores urbes deleverunt. Itinera plura mihi sunt

facienda. T e pluris‘ facio . Urbes complures

"ab acer

rimis meis militibus captas Sunt. Puer narrat se pro

sua parte fratres monuisse. L ongioribus itineribus fac

tis urbesmajores v idebis. Pater mihimitiormatre fuit.Celeberrima urbis opera magnampartema militibus deleta fuerant. Compluribus de cansis pueros monere

nobis visum est. Matris tuae causa plura monendus

videris. T e omnium felicissimum hominum pro mea

parte faciam. Mihi vobiscum sunt plurima.

‘ Rex

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

84 sm crsns.

LESSON XLII.

The Demonstrative and I ntensive Pronouns. 134,

135.

Hie, this ; sometimes, he, she, or it; refers to w hat is near. { 207,R. 28 (a).

I llc, that ; sometimes, he, she, or it; refers to w hat is remo te.I ste, this, that sometimes, this of yours, that of yours. a207, B. 25.

Idem, the same.Ipse, himself , herself ; itself ; ego ipse, I myself , etc. It is often used

for distinctness, like very, exactly.

Haec eadem sententia mihi est. Horum omniumhominum sumus amantissimi. Haec eadem tibi pronostra parte faciemus. His de causis partemmajoremtibi dabimus . Huic puellae parvae iste omniumvaferrimus plures fratres esse sentiet. Cives suam ipsiurbem felicemdelebunt. Tibi ipsi mecum omnia sunt.

Multo majors istius fratris amore capimur. Hominisest se ipsum laudare. Haec urbs multis partibus illa‘

major est. Tua ipsius“causa haec conficimus. Hi

pueri illis“sunt mitiores. Plurima no stra causa ipsi

fecimus. Fac, verbi cause, to illius urbis fuisse civ em.

Hoc libro" multa de ista urbe narrantur. Eademomniadc tuis itineribus audivimus. Homo amicissimus no s

trorum hominum“nosmonet istumregem nobis bellumesse facturum. Illi milites pluris crunt faciendi.E arundem febularumsorores meaeme amantiores erant.Fratres mei eodem bello cacai sunt. E aedemregnorumregendorum curae reginam istamconfecerint. Eademde cause vobiscum sentimus. Deus ista verbs. audiv it.

smrLs ssxrnncns. 85

Puerca illos monendo meliores facietis. Ejusdemtentiae causa ipse laudaberis. Hanc partemills.meliorem esse sentitis. Vestra ipsorum

“causa cives v estri

maximam partem caesi sunt. Pulchrum est scrotes

eadem‘amare. Iisdem bellis celeberrimis multo s cae

so s esse audiv imus . Narratur huno militem complurestuorum civ ium occidisse. E asdem fabulas his puerisnarremus.

Of all these stories this is themost beautiful. Verymany o f our best friends w ill be destroyed in this w ar.

My very friends are a very great care to me. I t is myduty to remind you o f this.

1 You should have beenreminded o f this by your friends w ho do everything for

you. That friend o f yours told me the same story.

That city o f yours is in all respects more fortunatethan this o f ours. These sentiments o f ours have beenfor the most part praised by all our friends. Verymany things are related in this same book‘ about thegood men put to death by that most w icked king on

account o f their opinions. We should have beenreminded o f this by those friends w ho w ere

“praisingus. For this reason it seems go od to us to make w ar

upon this king. These very small children themselvesfeel that everything dependsf upon the spirited so ldierso f the king. We w ould have done the same‘ ourselves.

We ourselves“might have thoughtmore o f our servants.

By having made” w ar upon this little city the king hasdisquieted all go odmen. You w ould praise the w ordso f those friends o f yours, because they agreed“ w ith

you. We ought to have seen the great w orks o f thosemore famous cities. You may have heard that I amthe king of thosemore fortunate cities. These servants

86 m ea n s.

of ours are w orse than tho se o f yours. The smallerpart o f this very great kingdomhas been given by myfather to this affectionate brother of mine. You havebeen themost fortunate o f all these.

‘ L . xli. 1 . (b).‘Q 222, E . Z (e).

0 1 205, R. 7 I L . xxxvu . 4.l L. xxii. 2 ; { 274, 8, N. 1 .

h L.

xxxix. 2. Compare Note 8, abo ve.

LESSON XLII I.

Unus, -s ,-um, one. 4117, I. Nullus, -s ,

-um, no one, no . a107.Duo , 4 0,

-0 , tw o . Ambo , -ae,-0 , bo th. 2118, l , R. 1 .

Tree, tris , three. 2109. Mills , a thousand. { 118, 6 (a), (b).

Isto uno verbo conturbamur. Hanc unam urbemmille milites ceperunt. Hune unum cives amav eruntomnes. T ibi uni easdem fabulas narrabimus. Meo

rum fratrum trium curs. matrem optimam conturbat.

Triamilliamilitum istamurbem felicissimamrege caesodeleverunt. Rex cummultis millibus itinera faciebat.

Ille duo millia militum sui amantissimorum regebat.

Nullius hominis fuimus amantiores. Nulli regi fuitmajus regnum. Nulla de causa bellum vobis fecissemus. Tribus itineribus longissimis confectis omnes illiusregni urbes v ideramus. Haec omnia in duobus bominibus sunt.

“ Duae sorores meae mecum senserunt.

Nerrant in te uno esse omnia. T e tuis omnibus magnofor'e bono videmus. Regi duorumciv iumcausamagnamurbem delere visum est. Multe. tribus his verbis memonuisti. T e cum sororibus ambabus iter facientemvidimus. Libri sororibus meis dashas plurimi sunt.

S IMPLE summons. 87

S orores ambae compluribus curis conficiuntur. Frater

tuus nullum mihi verbum fecit. l Ambabus de cansis

ts minimi faciemus . Bona venia, cives, me v os hoc uno

verbo moniturum audietis. A udimus ts duabus de

causis no s plurimi facere. Mills regni regendi

rex factus’ conficsreris. A udiebatur regemnullis militum cassis tres urbes maximas cepisse. Rex no ster

trium fratrum suorum fuit felicissimus . Nulli horumserv orumtecumsentiunt.

N o one“o f your S isters has been seen by us, 0 Muse!

T o none o f my bro thers have greater things been givenby the king. None o f the citizens having been S lain

,

the city w as taken by a thousand so ldiers. Themastertook tw o rods in order to " scourge his servant. Wehad made three rather long“journeys in order to see

the most f amous cities o f that very great kingdom.

Much‘ is related in this same bo ok about those threebrothers o f yours, most prosperous kings. On account

o f a great many citizens, this one“w ill be put to death.

I t is said by both my sisters that you are. in no respect‘

better than your tw o brothers. You seem to be the

gentlest o f these three sisters. On no account w ouldw e talk to that brother of yours. No master’

s servantsare more gentle than mine! We are citizens o f thesame most celebrated city. We hear that the samethree S isters do everything for the sake o f their mostgentle mother. We did not talk at all to your cunningservants. Suppose, for example, that you had no

friends. Under favor, I w ould remind you that thesethree thousand so ldiers" made you king. These threeso ldiers have praised me in the king

’

s name on account

o f my care for“the queen. Your servants seemfor the

88 m amas.

most part to be w orthy o f praise.

“ The king himselfis exhausted‘ by the same most miserable cares. A ll

the citizens w ill be put to death on account of the mostw icked language o f this one. We have seen that yourfather, having become more pro sperous, thinks muchless of us. The city seemed to have been partly destroyed in severe w ars.

L. xxxvu . 4.

“b212, Rt 2 ; 6205, R. 12 (a). ‘ L. xxxi. 5.

Q 122, R. 6. L. xxxv iii. 1 . f L. xli. 1.3 8212.

h L. xv i. 8.

L. xxxii. 5.

LES SON XLIV.

FourthDeclension. 87, 89, R. 1 .

Maniis, maniis, hand, body of troops. { 88, 1 .

Dexter, dextbra, more f requently dextra, dextrnm, right. a125, 4.

S inister, sinistra, sinistrum, lef t. a126, 4.

Exercitiis, exercitiis, army.

Cornu, cornfis, w ing o f an army ; literally, horn.

Amborum regum exercitas illo bello sunt deleti.

Rex al dextro cornu melior2 erat. Multe millia homi

numa sinistro cornu caesa sunt. Ego ipse cummagnamanu duas illas urbes cepi. Eadem a

lcornu nostri

exercitus dexteriors facta sunt. Milites monebam in

cornu S inistsriors esse“omnia. Rex fratri suo cornu

S inistsrius dedit. Reges ambo.

magnis cumexercitibus

urbibus parvis bellum faciebant. Hanc urbemmajorecumexercitu cspissetis. Mills militamin dexterioribussxercituumamborum cornibus caesa sunt. Mater meameis fratribus“ hos libros in w as dedit. Eadem

S IMPLn sameness. 89

itinera embobas cxercitibus sunt faciends. Tribusexercitibus maximis parvumistamregnumconturbasti.’

Triummagnorum sxercituummilites me regem“ feesrunt. No stri a dextro cornu maximam partem cae

duntur. Iter facientes duas urbes felicissimas in dextram partem“videbamus. His manibus servos vafros

ipsi cecidisssmus.

‘ Tua ipsius‘causa exercitui tuo

omnia fecimus. Multo major urbis nostras pars bellisacribus erat dsleta. Regemcummagna menu in sas

dem partes iter facientemipsi vidimus. Ejusdemexer

citus milites samus. Istius exercitus causa militibusurbem felicissimamdelendamdedisti. Tua causamultomajoremillius exercitus partemtibidabimus. A udimuste regis exercitas minimi facere. Malum est arhemfelicemexercitui magno delendamdari. Vidimus easdemmanus no stramarhemesse conturbatum-s. Nostriabl itinere urbemceperunt.

The citizens have deceived the king’

s armies. The

greatest“o f the king’

s armies has been mo stly cut to

pieces .

“ The king seems likely7to do everything w iththe same body of troops. We hear that our army w as

altogether cut to pieces on the left“w ing. I t is saidthat our soldiers w ere superior on the right w ing. Bo thw ings w ere mostly cut in pieces. These“are parts ofmuch larger armies. The same bodies o f troops seemedlikely to destroy the most prosperous“o f our cities.

My father relates that w hile9 making a journey he saw

to w ard“ the left many cities destroyed by that samearmy. Our men seemed likely to be superior on the

left.10 We ourselves saw that same body o f tro opsmo stly cut to pieces. The citizens feel that everythingdepends on their small army . The citizens w ere dis

90 EXERCI S E S .

quieted, having ssen’ a very large body o f tro opsto w ard the right. The citizens seem to think verylittle o f all the king’s armies . The king perceived thathis army w as very devo ted to

11 him. We hear that

you have done the same' to many thousands o f thoseso ldiers o f yours. I see that you are devoted to no

man. It seemed that this had been no advantage“

to a great many o f my friends. For the sake o f no

man w ould you have done more.” We w ere seized

w ith very great love for the excellent friends w ho w ere

making that long journey for our sake. We see thatthis“is much the smaller part o f the left w ing o f our

army. You are exhausted“by a great many cares o f

ruling your kingdom. Hearing1 the gentle w ords o f

their most loving mother, the bro thers became morefriendly to their sisters.

L. xxxv ii. 4. i 211 , R. 5 c { 162, 7(a). L. xxxn . e.

0 L. xlii. b.I b274, 8, N. 1 ; L. xxxv i. 4.

l L. xlii. e. L. xxiv . 5.

L. xxxii. 5. f L. xxx. 8.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

92 sxsacIssS .

omnibus dabitur. Cives rege viso menus dent. S er

vus amenu noster nobis haec omnia conficist. Vestraipsorum

‘cause ex sententie/ nostra a civ ibus leudeti

sumus. Iisdem istiS curis omnes dies conturbabimur.

Deus homines S ibi esse curae multis rebus' eorumcause

faciendis nos monet. Bellum in dies acrius factumest.

Civibus partim“captis partimcaesis urbemrex militibusdelendamdedit.

Three great am iss surrendered to me on“ that oneday. I t w as heard by our citizens that the king w asraising very large bodies o f tro ops. You seemto haveperceived that everything w ill be in your father’

s po w er.

T o have been praised by you w ill be advantageous tome. In exactly“three days the city w ill have beengiven up to the army to be destroyed. Suppose, forexample, that your property w as in my po w er. Thismust be done to-day. The cities having been for themost part destroyed, the king gave up the mo st miserable citizens to his soldiers to be slain. The so ldiershaving been partly taken, partly slain, the king himselfis S lain. We shall praise the care o f our secretary in“

these alfeirs. We have been disturbed these manydays

“by the care o f hearing the long stories o f the

citizens. My secretary heard the king telling his

friends that he esteemed“me more highly fromday today: I t has been heard that the king seems to esteem

his secretary more highly from day to day. Exactlythree thousand citizens w ere in the pow er o f the king .

We w ere seen by no cnsf o f your S isters. When our

affairs are prosperous“w e are praised by all. The

same things w ill be advantageous to bo th o f us. In

exactly tw o days w e made three rather“long journeys.

S IMPLE S E N T ENCE S . 93

For these reasons you ought to be very highly esteemedby all your friends. The children themselves care

very little forl the bed king. We shall seem to have

been less thought of by our friends. The citizensbecame from day to day more devoted

“to the king.

Our city has become the mo st beautiful in the w orld.

I f your afl’

airs are unf ortunate,“ your servants w ill

think little o f you. I agree w ith my servants, w ho

tell“me that you are a very mild master. Most

beautiful stories are related in this bo ok about the loveo f G od.

8253. Q 207, R. 28 (d). 0 8236. Q 212 , R. 2, N. 4.

0 8207, R. 28 (b). f a249 , II . N. See Vooanum r.t b205, R. 7

N. 1 . S ee VOCABULARY. a253, R. 2, end.I L. xliii. b.

L. xliii. d. L. x1. 4. xliv . 11 . L. xxix. 8.

LESSON XLVI.

D ep onent Verbs. 142,4 .

Mit or, mirari, miratus , to w onder at. 88161 , 156, 273, 5, NOT E 7.Conf itbor, confité ri, confessus, to conf ess . 4157.

Vos heec confitentes mirabemur. Servus a menumeus mihi narrat se verbe mirandal audiese.

‘ T e nobisbellum facturum mirantes audiv imus. Nerretur tuo s

te regem“ esse factum mirari. Miremur cives tecumsentire. Rex megne urbium celebrium operamiretusest. Confitemur no s tibi

,optime pater, verbe fuisse

daturo s.

“ Haec confitende v identur. Confiteemur,fratres mei, no s matri mitissimee verbe dedisse. S e

94 nxsncI SE S .

multos ds nobis narrav isse fabulas confessi sunt. Rex

arhem nostram sua‘multis partibus esse majoremcon

fitetur. Petremmalis fratribus tuis omnia facientem“

mirati sumus. Pessimos homines miserrimos esse con

fitebimini. Te, mi amice, mihi pluris in dies faciendumconfitsbor. Omnia tua in menu esse servi vaferrimimireremur. Pusri se mihi multis his disbus‘ verbededisse confiterentur. Complures no strorum eo demhello caesi essent. L ongiore

/ itinere confecto urbemmaximam in dextram partemmirantes vidimus. Rex

cornua sui exercitus ambo esse delete mirabatur. Nosistius amici cause complure fecere tibi confitebimur.

Tue ipsius cause omnia facientes“a te minimi factisumas. Compluribus de causis regi manum fecere

visum erat. Servus narrst se pro sue parte puerisfabulas in dies longiores nerrevisse. Veniam tibifratrum omniummitissimo a patre” dandam confiten

dum“est. Bonis rebus meis“mecum sentiunt omnes .

Urbemnostramrerum‘

pulcherrimammireremini.

You w ould w onder at the care o f my secretary. Wew onder that the citizens o f that very great city havesurrendered to three thousand so ldiers. You w ouldhave w ondered that all my property

“w as in the po w er

o f a cunning servant. We confess that w e hav e

thought very little of the friends w ho gav e us muchadvice.

“ It must he confessed“that the citizens w eredisquieted, having seenf those tw o very large armies.

You w ould confess that w ar should“be made upon thatmo st w icked king for a great many reasons. L et us

w onder at tho se mo st w icked men , w ho care very littlefor G od w ho does“everything for them. L et us confess

that our friends have done everything for us according

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

96 sxsecI sss.

Fratrcm meum rerum“ potitum esse mirahar. Rex

urbe po titos“cives optimos sententiarum suarum cause

mills occidit. Hoc verbo tui monendi cause utemur.

Mater puellarummonendarumcause fabula pulcherrimause est. Spes regnorum potiundorum fratres meoscepit. Regni Spe

‘

potiundi captus pater meus menusmaximae fecit. Hec eadem spe magnatum urbiumvidendarum itinera longiora

‘ fecimus. Servos tuos tedomino bono util confitendum est. A uditum erat te

regibus uti. Servi mei se miti domino me usos esse

confitebuntur. Fabulis pulchris sororis tuaemoncadascause tibi utendumest.’ Hac urbe potiremini. Multomajoribus regnie potiemini . Rex audito' nostros urbe

potitos esse conturbabitur. Urbs nostra bonis regibus

use est. Utimini, cives mei, militibus acerrimis. Boni

domini servis amantissimis utentur. Bona venia tua,

rex magne, nos tibi hodis verbe dedisse confitemur.

Nullius regis, cives mei, amantiores fuissetis. Civiumplus“triamillia caesa so die. Melioribus rebus nostris

nobiscum sentiebant omnes. Spes no strorum in diesmajo res factae sunt. A udivimus res vestrae feliciores

factae. Vefris servis embobus eramus potiti. Cornua

exercitas nostri ambo menus dedisse confitendum.

My little S isters use all my books. We use the

bo oks o f the friends w ho do everything for us. The

king w ill get po ssession o f the to w n, after“much the

larger part o f the citizens has been slain. We w ere

w ondering that you had got contro l o f efi'

eirs.

“ Hav

ing got possession°o f much the larger part of the city,

the king gave up the mo st w retched citizens to his

so ldiers to be put to death. Everything is in the

po w er o f my brothers, w ho have“ contro l of ad‘

airs.

S IMPL E ssursncns. 97

You have been familiar w ith the king thesemany days.

I t must he confessedf that you are led aw ay“w ith thehope o f getting control of affairs. You shall have inme“a good friend. The citizens w ill hear w ith surprisethat the king’

s army w as superior onf the lef t w ing.

We have been familiar w ith the best men. They saythat your bro ther w ill get contro l of affairs. We shall

take possession o f the city, w hich has been in great

part destroyed. The boy confessed that he had usedmy books a great many days.

“ We all have in G od a

most loving father. Having accomplished a rather

long journey, w e saw to w ard“ the right the king’

s

soldiers destroying a very great city. We w ere seizedw ith great love for the excellent friends w ho gave us

much advice.

“ The hopes o f the children becamegreater from day to day. You all have in the kingyour best friend .

“ In exactly tw o days w e Shouldhave taken possession o f the city. Exactly threecitizens have contro l o f affairs. For“ the same reasonsw e ought to pardon those w ho confess!D

b162, 20. Q 220, 4.0 b257, R. 5 (c). Q 247, R. 2 (b). L .

xlv i. f .f L . xlv i. h.

3 L . xlv i. 7. Q 257, N . l . L. xlv i. 2. JL .

xliv . l . L. xlv . c. L . xliv . 8. L. xlv i. 6. L. x1. 7. L .

xli. 7. 7L . xxxix. 6.

I rregu lar Verbs.

Vo lo , v slle, v olui, to w ill, to be w illing. ii 178, 271 , R. L

No lo , no lle, uo lui , to be unw illing, w ill not.

Male , malls , malui, to w ill rather, to p ref er.

Pro sum, prodesse, pro fni, to benefit, to do good to . 8154, R. 5, 6, 7.

Po ssum, posse, po tni, to havepo w er, or influence; I can.

[The c0pula sun , w hich properly belongs here, has necessarily

been anticipated, Lesson KIL ]

Materme a te amari vult. Frater meus mihi prodesse nonvult. Omnes te esse regem melumus. Hi

cives plurimum“urbi“ profuerunt. Narrant ts tuis

prodesse no lle. Mirari non possumus omnes tuo s

tecum sensisse. Rex se urbe potiri non po sse v idebit.No limirari‘ regemconfitentihus“veniamdedisse. Bona

venia,mi domine, tribus verbisl te velim.

“ Mellem“

veniam servis confitentibus datem esse. Plurimumhodis civibus nostris profuimus. Fabulis de Dei amorenarrandis pueris multum“

proderitis. Vellemhis tribusurbibus plus“ pro fuisse. No llemus base in tua menuesse. Te, mi domine, mitiore‘ utif velim. Libris tuisuti no lumus. Mali viri in iste urbe multum po ssunt.

Frater tuus in hanc partem‘mihi proderit. Omnia rex'

factus" mihi fecere poterie. Dominus mitis in servis

suis virgie uti nonvult. Rex partim captis,“ partim

caesis militibus, menus dare no luit. Boni hominis est

miseris pro sue parte prodesse. Meter tua fabulis de

Dei amore narrandis puerismiseris“pro future v idebatur.

Amici mei me plurima“monentes multummihi“prode

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

100 m acrsxs.

the city. The king w ill hear w ith surp rise that our

army w as superior on the right w ing. We w ould havedone more good to the friends w ho w ere do ing“ everything for our sake. By relating a great many stories

to the citizens about the love o f their king, you w ill

make themmore devoted to him. 0 king, do no t de

stroy all o f us on account o f this one!We w ill con

fess that you are doing very much go od by remindingthe citizens o f the great love o f their king. Mybro ther, having contro l o f great armies, w ill be a very

p ow erf ul king. We w ould like to agree w ith you. Ishould be unw illing that our happy city Should be inthe po w er o f that very bad king. I could w ish“it hadnot happened.

“ I w ould w ish“to do this for your sake

according to my ability. We w ould like to Speak‘“tw ow ords to you.

4 232, 3.34223, R. 2.

‘ 3267, ‘ L . xlvn. p . a113,2 l L . x1v ii. 1 .

c 3210.Ji l .. xliii. 2 .

0 L . xlvi. 3.I L . xliv . s.

a3130, II I . 1 L . xviii. e. L . xlv i. 2. L . xlv . 5.

LESSON XLIX.

Fero , ferre, tuli , latum, to bring, to carry, to to lerate, to rep o rt, to

say. S ententiam ferre, to vo te, to utter an op inion, to decide.

Q 179.

E 0 , ire, iv i, itum, to go . QQ 182 ; 276, I I . Bl u nze 2 and 3. Withthe f ormer sup ine it signifies to p repare to do a thing ; literally, to

go about to . Q 276, N . and R. 2.

Edo , edsre (or esse), edi, esum, to eat. Q 181 .

Fio , fieri, factus, to be made, or done to happen, to become.

S ee Lesson XXXI I .Pomum, pomi, f ruit (garden fruit). A d, to . Q 195, 4.

Servus amenu meus ad ms“ trss libros tulit. Civesregem in urbem ferri v olebent.“No lim“ts male verbemsa ad metrem optimum ferre. Civ ium amore‘ captiin bellum ferimur. Regis sui amore capti milites inbellum fsruntur. T s sedemds cause bellum facturumfertur. Mitinl pome esse melumus. No llsm" ts bellum fecere maluisss . Civibus no lentibus‘ bellum fisri

non potest. Servus amenu tuns fert libro s tuo s sibicures fuissemagnae. Ills unus dies regimagnamurbis

po tiundas epem tulsret. Rex cummenu magne urbemit deletum. E amus. Fertur ts ire ed regem. Res

nostras in dies fsliciorss hunt. Pueri fabulas narratumcunt. Bellumfit in dies missrius. Pome mitiora esse

malimus. Milites regis amentiores in dies fient. Pomatue in dies mitiore fisrsnt. De magnis urbis operibus

conficiendis sententias fsrrsmus . Magnus sues urbisamor cives acres in bellum feret. Hodie, Deo v o lsntc,

f

in urbemibimus. Pusri vafri pome mea mitia essent.

Fsrunt cives omnes regis servo s factum iri.“ I stius

urbis Opera in dies cslebriora fisbant. Pueri bonimitia

102 an sw ers.

mea pome capersms no lente no lunt. Patermeus tribusistis vafris fratribusmitissima pome sue edende' dederat.Fratres tuos cumsororibus suis duabus ad urbemeuntss

vidimus. Mi serv e, fer“mihi isto s libro s. Acerrima

sententia ds occidenda regine fsrrstur. Mea pomemitia

,vafri pueri, estis. Pueri his libris utentes

‘sen

tentiamsaf in dies msliores herent. A udiebatur arhemno stram felicema pessimo isto regs deletum iri. Civesvestri ds venia vobis danda sententiam hodis tulsrint.Haec omnie mea sententia pejora hunt. Mallcm ts

prosperiorsmheri. Poma tua mitissima essemus. De

optimis viris occidendis, cives mei, sententias“ fertis .

Mitia pome esse plus prodessst. Cives duobus ipsisdiebus ds rege occidendo sententias fsrent.

O

Many books are brought to me“ by my secretary.

The boys w ere bringing mello w fruit to their father.

The citizens w ill vote to day about making w ar uponthe king. They say that you are going to the cityto-day. The king w ith a very great army is preparingto destroy the city. Cunning boys, you are eating mymellow est fruit. We w ould rather“ eat more mellowfruit. The affairs o f the same men are becoming w orsefromday to day. This one part o f the city w as saidto he becoming more prosperous. I t canno t be.

4

Many are no t able to vo te about putting the king todeath . My secretary brought me tho se same books .

You report that our army is superior on the left w ing.

We heard that you w ere go ing to be made so ldiers o fthe king. I t is reported that all o f us are go ing to bepraised in the king’

s name. Having contro l“of all the

cities o f this kingdomyou w ill become, in our opinion,themo st po w erful of all kings. I t“w ill do you much

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

104 an s w ers.

LE SSON L .

A dverbs. 190; 192 ; 194 ; 277.

[The scho lar should learn the rules for the deriv ation and comparison o f adverbs and apply themto the fo llo w ing, w hich are formedfrom adjectiv es and pronouns already giv en. S ee particularly

Q 194, 4. For the signification, consult the VOCA BULABYJ

Bene, Misbre, A criter, E 0 , to thatp lace, thither.

Male, Pro sphre, Amanter, Has , this w ay, on this side.Magis, Vafre, Feliciter, I llac, that w ay, on that side.

Parum,* Pulchre, Mite, Hac (or illac) fecere, to act w ith this

Longe, Multumgl' Amice, (or that)p arty— parte understood.

Bsne (ormale)audire , to be in good (or bad)repute.Bone (ormale)narrare, to tell good (o r bad)new s, or stories.

Bone (ormale) facio ( w ritten sometimes as one w ord), to benefit, or” pure.

Male narrant de ts illac faciente.

“ Bens audietis

omnie amicorum cause facientes.

l Pueri pome mitiavafre sapientes male audient. Bsne narrant de ts

Parum not only signifies little, in such expressions as parumid

f acio , I care little about that”

(compare p arvi f acio , LxssonXXXI , Nora but also v ery frequently means to o littl e, no t

enough as p arummulti, no tmany enough,”

to o few .

”It some

times corresponds to the English prefix un as p arum ama ter,“an- lov ingly .

”

1Multumdiffers frommulta in conception, more than in expres

sion. Multum, being an accusativ e , means, strictly, to a great extent,

Q 231 , R. 5 ; Q 232 Malta, being an ablative, means by much,and is used to denote the degree o f difi

'

erence betw een tw o objects

compared, Q 256, R. 16 Both w ords, how ever, are generally

translated much.

S IMPLE ssmsness. 105

regem plurimi faciente. Multis his diebus tue cause

illec fecimus. Civium plus“ duo millie sodsm die

missre caesa sunt. Perum multi nobiscum sentiunt.

Regem so iter facientem“mirati sumus. Frater tuus

meis libris pessime uterstur. His de causis te in dies

magis amabimus. E odsm illo die regis verbis optimelaudati sumus. Eadem itinera nobismaxims prodsrant.Militumminus“tria millia cum regs ed urbem ibant.

Ista verbe perum fecimus. Sententiae vestrae meminims conturbeverunt. Mul ti bonis rebus“ maleutuntur. Bonis rebus optime omnium uté ris . Cumregs longius eundum

‘est. Cause longius sundi nobis

v isa est. Haecmulto magis nobis prodsrunt. Fsrunt,

regemno strum amicissime sentire.

“ Omnia felicissimeconfecistis. No limus base in menu hominis omniavaferrime fecisntis esse. Nostri hac urbs felicissime

potiti esse fsruntur. Dominus servos virgismulto acriuscecidit. No litef lenders pueros v o s minimi facientes.

l

Confiteamur omnia a servis nostris pro nobis amantissime fisri. Tue mater me mitissime mouchet. Nullade cause tibi illec faciendum est. Patermeus ds veniamiseria danda sententiam longs” mitissimemtulit. I ti

nsribus omnibus felicissime confectis a hens“multis sumlaudatus. Perummultis sententia nostra pro fuisti. Pu

clla ametre perumameutermonita se ipse“miserrime ihatdeletum.

“ S pe rerum potiundarum captus servus pessimus pessime regem sue ipse-f menu occidissst. Rex,urbe visa, so cum menu maxima ivit. A udiebatur

cives omnes cassumiri. Fieri non potest. T s dominoin dies mitiore" utimur. Hac urbe feliciter po tiremini.PuellaeMuses pulcherrime narrantssmirabantur. Com

pluribus bene fsciati. Confitsbimini cives reginaeperumamantss' fuisse.

106 sxss orsss.

You have used my books very badly. They tell badstories o f us, since

“w e act w ith this party. T o o few

citizens are w illing to do good to their city . 0 citizens,you w ill be in bad repute, if you vote

“on putting the

king to death ! They say that the king has benefitedvery many o f the citizens. Having seen the king’

s

tro ops,“the citizens w onder that he should“ make w ar

upon them. We saw the boy slyly taking thosebooks o f yours. We are reported to be most amicablydisposed to w ard“you. We shall w onder at you mo sto f all . The boys are slyly“ eating our mellow fruit.You w ill become, in our opinion, far the most prosperousof all. Less (than) three thousand o f the citizensw ill vo te on this affair. I t is reported that the kingis preparing to pardon a good many. You are benehting to o few o f your friends. You have gained possession o f these cities most fortunately. We Shalllive more amicably w ith“ your father. They liveunlovingly w ith their brothers. They tell go od new s

about those affairs o f yours. We shall have to go“

very far w ith our friends. We w ould have gone

further on no account. You w ill have to go rather“

far on our account. A ll these things are happeningmost fortunately . We w ere reported to be living veryintimately w ith that mo st po w erful o f kings. That

brother o f yours represents me as? confessing that Ihad done go od to none o f the citizens. We w onder at

the fables mo st beautifully related by the Muses. Wemust live“more intimately w ith your father. Weheard your excellent mothermo st mildly w arning yourtw o S isters. The left w ing o f that army w as mostmiserably cut to pieces. The boys w ish to be in good

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

108 sm eIsss.

LESSON LI.

Negative and I nterrogative A dverbs.

N on, themost common negative adverb , no t. Q 191 , R. 8.

N e, in simple pmpositions, before the subjunctive and imperative,not.

-ne enclitic (Q 198, 11, NOTE has in single questions no corre

sponding interrogativ e in English ; as , Videsne7 Do you see 2”

N uns, in single questions, has also no corresponding English term.

but asks the question so that a negative answ er is expected ; as,

N umhiemeus liber est I S this my bo ok i”

N onne asks a question so that an af firmative answ er is expected ; as,N onne librummeumvidisti7 Did you not seemy bo ok i

”

Roma, 4 0 Rome. Q 29, 2. Facilis , -e, easy. QQ 109 ; 125, 2 .

A thénas , -arum A thens. Difi cilis, o s , dificult.Imo , * no , no rather, yes. Q 191 , R 8 (c).Vero '

l'

(adv truly, indeed. Q 198, 9, R. (a); Q 279, 8 (c).

Visne nobis amicus fisri ? Vo lo“vero . Estus patertuus A thenis N on est Romae“ fuitmultis his diebus. Nonns mavis nobis amicus fisri ? Malo vero .

Res nostrae in dies faciliorss fisbant. Pater meushodis facilis visu“nulli" civiumcrit. Haec omnia factudiilicillima. Num tibi proderit A thsnes

“ fecere iter ?

N ollsm‘ts A thenis esse. Vobis non pro futurum illec

Imo (sometimes w ritten immo) literally signifies on the contrary .

A S a negativ e w ord, it denies the preceding statement only to sub

stituts a stronger one. In this manner it o ften becomes, in ej ect,an affirmative particle, equivalent to yes. Its use in each instance

w ill be made apparent by the connection in w hich it stands.

1 Vera literally signifies in truth, certainly, and is used in strong

affirmations. Often, ho w ev er, it is left untranslated, especially in

rep lies , w here it merely adds emphasis to the foregoing w ord ; as

Visnemecumire7Vok vero . I do .

”

SIMPLE semencss. 109

feceremonuerimus . S o rores meae hodis Romemcunt.

Ferunt illas res in dies difi ciliores esse factus. Duobus

ipsis diebus Athenas ibitis. Milites so euntss visi sunt.Nonne fratres tui regs multum utuntur ? Isns Ro

mam? E o vero . Regs no stro non amicissime utimur.

I tineribus confectis difi ciliorihus magnas urbes mirentesf videbitis. Mihi non multum proderat celebria

A thenarum opera vidisse. Num male narrant de

nobis ? Imo vero , pessime.

“ Hes res pulcherrimaeauditu fuerint. S pe rerum“ faciliorum capti milites,civibus caesis, urbe potiuntur. Nonne bellum tue

cause fit ? Imo , tue .

“ Perummulti me amice utuntur.

Nonne mirandum est petremtuum hec fecere ? Fae,verbi cause , in tue menu esse omnia. Nonne istec Speslongs pulcherrimae ? Pomum istud no lim a puerovafre edi. Frater tuus estus Romae ? Fuit. Compluribus ds causis hesc in dies feciliora fient. Nostrorum non plus“duo millie caesa so die. N on omnia“

possumus omnes. Vestra ipsorum cause malimusrsrum potiri. Mater tue facitne me minoris ? Imo

,

minimi.“ Uterisne meis libris ? Utor vero . S untne

tibi bonae sorores ? Imo v sro , optimes. Nonns sen

tentiam de nobis occidendis tulisti ? T e no lente“hasc

heri non potuissent. Videbatur omnes cives caesumiri.Nonne ms’ bono regs utimini? Imo vero , optimo .

“

Nobis v o lentibus cives sententiam de urbe delenda“

tulissent. Bone venia tue,mi rex, daohua verbis“ ts

velim. Nonne multo ' mevultis a rege ipso laudari?Malumus vero . Malis hominibus ne utamini. No litemalis hominibus uti.

Was not your father at Rome“ during“ those samedays ? He w as, indeed. Do you not live intimately“

110 m ecrsss.

w ith the king ? Yes, very intimately.

“ Have the canning boys eaten your mellow fruit ? They have,“

indeed. We saw the king journeying7to Rome“w itha very small body of tro ops. Will these things becomeeasier from day to day? They w ill“no t. Did you

surrender to the king’

s army ? (A ns. N o .) These

things seemed very easy to do .

“ It must he confessedthat these stories are not very beautiful to hear. Shall

you go to Athens to -day? (A ns. N o .) Induced“ bythe hepe of more easy circumstances many make a

good use of adversity. Do they tell good stories about

you ? N0 , rather very bad ones.

lo Do they tell go odstories about me at A thens ? Yes, indeed, very goodones. A re you preparing to act w ith this party ?

(A ns. N o .) Did you not hear that all the citizensw ere going to be praised in the king’

s name ? We did, 1indeed. You may have w ondered, for example, thatw e w ere living very intimately w ith that bad man.

You cannot all (do) everything. You w ere benefitingus very little. We heard w ith surprise’ that you hadconfessed to the king. Do you not prefer to agreew ith those w ho w arn you ? We do , 1 indeed . I couldw ish it had not happened.

“D G od w illing,“w e Shall bew ith you in exactly three days. Will it no t be advan

tageous to you to have gone to Athens, that mostfamous city ? It is said that all the citizens are go ingto be made servants o f the king. These things are

reported to be very beautiful to see.

11 I t w ill do you

much more go od to set mellow er fruit. You yourselvesreport that these things are becoming more easy fromday to day. N0 reasons for“ go ing to Athens appeered to me. You have represented us as living veryintimately w ith the king. That very long journey w as

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

112 sxsscI sss.

Tribus ipsis diebus urbis nostras po tiundae cause regi

magnamenu opus crit. Rex perummagna menu facteurbis potiri non po tsret. T s plus posse oportebit .

Nonus ts tuos pluris fecere“oportuit ? L icetnemihi

,

domine, domum ire ? Milites, civibus no lsntibus,ex

urbe“exire non po terunt. Fertur to demo“exire non

oportuisse. Num causes exsundi tibi v identur ? Imovero , plurimas! Miserstne ts nostri ? Fers domumtuam hac nostra multis partibus“esse majorem. Nullaspe capti istud tibi fscissemus. Oportsbat

"no s ts

mitiore domino uti. Civiummulto majors parts caesa

regem urbis miserae missruit. Num oportebit omniatibi ex sententia fisri ? Nonne domo exire po tuistis ?

Numomnia tibi rerum po tito‘ ex tue sententia fiersnt ?

Mev isne mecumAthenas ire ? Nonne horumhominemmalorum ts miserebit ? Vobis, amici, felicioribus’ esselicet. Vestrarum sententiarum cause mihi regem“herinon licuit. E xeamus. Licetus mihi, domine, istolibro uti ? Licet. Nonne hesc multo ad faciendum“

faciliora ? Imo vero,omnium rerum longs facillima.

Peter tuus estne A thenis ? N on est. Nonne ts hac

fecere sentis oportuisse ? Omnia tue in servi menuesse minims“ Oportsret. S pe majors vobis opus erat.

Num omnibus rebus uti felicibus“ homo potest ? Triamillia militum regi Opus erant. A udiebaturl urbemduobus ipsis dichas septum iri. Hes fabulas omnium

pulcherrimae sunt audita .

“ Narrant petrem tuumnulli facilsm esse visu. No lits , pueri, domo exire.

E xeant. L icsat“nobis haec ex sententie° facere. N0limhaec heri.

We pity those miserable men. The king,“

on

S IMPLE sameness. 13

account o f the very long w ar, w ill need very manyso ldiers. You w ill not be able to leave the city .

“ Iamgo ing to destroy much the larger part o f my house.

“

You might have gone“home. Ought w e not to have

pardoned“ the smaller children ? A re your brothersat home ? I f the king w ere unw illing,“ the citizensw ould no t be able“to leave the city. Do w e“no t all

need greater hope ? Ought w e no t all to pity badmen ? L et us all go home. I f you are w illing

,the

boys w ould much prefer' to go home. You w ill by no

means be able to do go od to all your friends , w hen

you have go t contro l o f affairs. Do not w onder that Iprefer to agree w ith tho se w ho praise me. We“w antthree thousand so ldiers. You might“have had in mea. better friend.

“ You might have been more famous:f

Would no t these things become more difficult fromdayto day ? I s not this body o f troops to o small7to take“

that large city ? I s this amost diflicult thing“to do

(A ns. N o .) Might w e no t have gone to Athens to

see9the famous w o rks o f that mo st fortunate city ?

L et us go home to tell“tho se things to our mother.

You report that tw o thousand houses are w anted“ forthe citizens. You w ill w onder that all these thingsare necessary0 to us. Will you not pity that miserableservant of yours ? Ought you to have gone to the

city“ against your father’

s w ill You w ill not be

able to do much go od to bad men against their w ill .“

May w e go out ? You may. Did they tell bad stories

about me to the king as he w as leaving the city ?Very bad ones

,

” indeed. May w e do everything to

our satisfaction ? My bro ther says that you have donethis to his satisfaction. Do you w ish to go home w ith

1 14 sxsnexsss.

me ? We do ,“ indeed. Under fav or, good master, Ilike to speak three w ords to you.

” We shouldbe unw illing to go thither. When the houses o f the

city had been partly destroyed, the king pitied the

miserable citizens.

b a se (a). ‘ Q 210, n. 5.11 242, o § 255,

n. 1 . I L . 11. 2.c L . xli. a. 4 259, n. 3 (b). “L . xliii. 2.

1 205. s . e.

au 210 (b), and 239 , n. 1 .

l4273, I I I . e . 4 (b).

” 245, n.

-L . n. b.

o n i. d. r L . xxix . s.c ; 231 , 1 , and

n. 4.

'

Q 261 , 2, and E . 4.ca275, III . B. 2 (s). ‘ Q 287, s . 5.

v 1. 1“ .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

116 n n exsss.

nesciunt. S cin’ quid tibi velis ? Nescio . Nonne

asitie quanti“ vos faciamus ? Seimas vero . Quid,

patre caeso , de parvis pueris“ fist ? Nsscitisne quidhuic homini fecistis ? No lits quesrere quanti v os

feciam. Scin’ quento rege uteris ? Pater ex fratribus

quassiit uter utri“verbe dedisset. Rex s“servis quee

rebet qualem arhem vidissent. Ne queeretis quantis

curis conturbemur. E vobis quasrimus quid fieri oporteet. S orores meaematris verbis ex me quassierunt,num“domi futures esscm. Q naesierim"

ex ts quantacure opus Sit ad istae res fecisndas. Quemin partemiter fecitis ? Quibus rebus nobis opus crit ? Q uibnsde causis nobiscumsentietis omnes sciant. Num haec

quasrenda’videntur ? Cives quam in partemrex iter

feceret nesciebant. Quanta spe Romem capti samusnescitis. Q uales8 tibi v isas snnt Athenas ? Q ueerendumest numheec confiteri oporteet. Quaeritur quantiregem nostrum fecere oporteet. Q ueeremus ex iis

nonne fsliciorss“esse liceet. Haec eedemex ts quessisrimns,

“

quales Athenas tibi visas fuerint. Quaeriturqualibus hominibus multumuti liceet. Hoe ex te scire

velim, utra sororum tuarum mea mitia pome ederit.

Nssciebamus cui‘“ bono esset. Quiu civis cum regssentire nonvult ? Utremrex hujus urbis partemmilitibus delendamdaturus est ? Quod bellumhoc miseriesfuit ? a ns nostrumts missret ?

Which o f your S isters took that book ? We do notknow . What11 so ldier did not know for w hat reason

the king w as journeying“ thither ? Do you kno w byw hat“ cares the queen is disquieted ? We do , indeed.

I w ould inquire“ of (or, L et me ask) you,” in w hat

direction“ the so ldiers have gone out of the city.

“ The

coMPounn sameness. 117

children w ondered by w hat sort of cares their excellentfather w as exhausted. L et me ask you,

“w hat king

dom is more fortunate than this of ours. Do you not

know w ho made you king ? The servants do no t knowhow greatly their mild master esteems them. Does

this seem a proper question, w hether the w orst menought to have the control of afl

'

airs ? (A ns. N o .) It

seemed a proper question, w ith w hat sort o f men w e

ought to be intimate. I t is a question, for w hose“

advantage this most w retched w ar has been. For w hat

reasons did you w ish to go to Athens ? Ho w“did

Athens seem to you ? Do you kno w w ith w hom w e

live most intimately ? What w ill become o f“my littlebrother, iP

'my father Should be put to death ? Whatcan w e do w ith“ these cunning servants ? I do not

know w hat to“ do w ith that brother o f yours. Your

brothers do not know (how ) to be intimate w ith kings.

Do not ask for w hat reasons w e w ent out o f the house.

What do you mean L et us inquire o f the king w hatthat very great army means. Induced by w hat hopeare you leaving Athens ? L et me ask you, w hether

you ought“ no t to go home. The citizens did not

know how large a part o f the left w ing had been cut to

pieces. Do you kno w that you ought not to have

gone” out of the house against your father’

s w ill ? Iw ill ask themw homthey pity most.

sues, 5, n. 2.‘ L .

xlii. 2.f L . xxix. 8.

c L . 111. s.

118 sxsecI sas.

LESSON L IV .

Q uot, how many ? Q 115, 4. Ubi , w here? in w hatp lacef

Q uombdo , in w hatmanner ? how ? Undo , w hence?

Q uo , w hither ? w here? Q uando , w hen ?

Venic, venire, veni, ventnm, to come.

Quomodo heec omnie fiant, nescimus. Ex fratre

meo quassivi quando rex Athenas itnrus esset. Quandoille urbe po tiemini ? S cisne regis milites“ quot S int

Civ ss mirantnr unde veniamus. Quando regis militesA thenis exibunt ? Bone venia tue

,mi domine

,quando

nobis domum ire liceat, queesierim.

“ Nonne queerendumest qualibns hominibus amice uti oporteat ? Vi

desne quo tmilites cum rege veniant ? Fratres tui nbi

sunt ? Domi sunt. Quid“l

iis domi esse prodest ?

N escimus. Quando snnt demo sxituri ? Patre vo lentehodis ed urbem snnt.

1 Una“cum iis samus . Nonnemagis in rem fuerit pulchrae tuae sororis fabulas ireeuditum? Imo vero , maxims . NOnne mirendumvidetur quomodo rex henc urbemnno die delere potnerit ? S citisns quanta cure

“in Musarum fabulis audiendis vobis Opus sit ? Quando ts , domine, no stri miserebit ? Videsne fratremtuumregem

.

factum iri ? Ubi

domus tue est ? Fertur in hac esse urbis parts longe‘

felicissime. Q uassisrimus quo t pertibns/ urbs tua

nostra sit major. Multis vero .

“ Quando Athenasvisum ire potsrimns ? S cito ts ,

’ cives, minims pro futurumcumperummagnamenu illem urbem ire captum.

Hoe ex te scire v slimus, quando nobis plus“prodesse

po ssis ? Quaeritur uter utri bellum fscerit. Q naeri

videtur utra sororum tuarum Sit pulchrior. Quot

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

120 axsncIssS .

We w ould have asked the king how many servantsw ere needful to him. In ho w many days“Shall youknow w ho has got contro l o f affairs ? In tw o days7

exactly. For how many days“w ill the city be given

up to the so ldiers to destroy ?“ For just three days.

You did not kno w how much“my brother w as benefitingthis city. Ought you not to have inquired“ w hitherthey w ere go ing ? Might? you not have know n how

these things w ere done ? The servants w ere inquiringo f their master for w hose“advantage the w ar w as.

From w hom have you heard that the city is go ing tobe destroyed ? L et us inquire o f our master w hitherhe is going. You know not by w hat cares our king isexhausted.

lo

Q 229, B. 5 (a). L. liii. e. Q 282, 3. See Voou um r .

0 Q 127, 8. I L. xli. a.3 Q 162, 4. Q 258. Q 286. JL. liii. 10.

Q Q 162, 7(a). Q 212, R. 2, N. 2. L. liii. 18.a L. li. 1.

0 Q 276,I II . B.

I' L . Iii. 5.1 L . lii. 9.

' L . liii. 12.

Lesson Lv .

Conjunctions. $ 198, I . II . ; 278.

E t, ’ Atque,1 A c, -

que (enclitic), and.

Neque (as qus), or Nee, and no t, but not, neither. Q 198, 1, R. (c).E t et, bo th and ; Neque neque, or Nee nee, etc. , neither

nor. Q 278, R. 7.E tiam, also , even. E tiamatque stiam, again and again, urgently.

Q uoque, also , too ; alw ays f ollo w ing the mhatic w ord. Q 198, l ,R. (d).

Q uam (as an adv erb , how literally, to w hat extent), as a conjunction, than, as. QQ 127, 4 ; 256, 1 .

Ego fratsrquemeus tibi profuimus.

“ Nolite queerere

ubi fuerimns st quid fecerimus. E t ego st pater meusex so quid feciundnm“ faisset quassivit.

l Num hoc

quoque ts fecere oportuit ? E x te stiam atque stiamquid facinndnm quassierimus. Rex no ster m

’

ultis st“

magnie cnris confectns v idebatur. Athenia pater meesse v o luit, non Romes . Quando ts

“mei meorumqnemissrebit ? De mihi felici“ bonoqns v ideri. Nsc ego

nec tn quanti ills nos feceret scires.’ Neque tibi nec

patri tuo illec fecere licebit. E t ego ct tu tribus diebus

Er joins w ords each of w hich is considered independently, and

as o f equal imp ortance: A reas (7: ad-que), or A 0, w hich is an

abridged (and less emphatic) form o f the same w ord, adds a notionthat is, if anything, o f more ingo ortance than the preceding one

“and also ,

’and Q ua jo ins a w ord closely to

ano ther, as an app endage to it, as belonging to it, and Often as forming one complex no tion w ith it.

”-A anOLn.

1 A tque is used before v o w els and consonants ; A c only before

co nsonants ; nequcand nee indifi‘

erently before v ow els orconsonants.

122 sxaaeIsas.

ipsis Athenia exibis.

“ Tibi atque omnibus nobis“idemfecere licitum fuisset. Urbe atque regno potiemini.E t mihi et vobis Omnibus Roma sodsm illo die sxsnn

dum crit. Nonne andiv isti ms quelea Athenas tibivisas S int queersntsm? Etiam.

“ Licetus nobis,domi

ne,domamire ? Omnibus vero . E x vobis stiam atque

stiamquid huic homini“fecturi sitie quaeritur. Quasritur idemne" sit emare“ao‘mouere. Fermihi

,amabo

te,

“librum istumatque mitia pome . Nonne ms quoquemagni fecitis ? Imo , plurimi. Numde me quoque istihomines male narrarent ex servis meis qneesivi. Quo tquantisqus curis confecti simus nescitis. Ego fratres

que mei ts quam“maximi fecimus. Neque tn nequs

hic fretsr tuns nobis hodis proderitis. Rex cummagnamenu itineribus quammaximis po tuit

“confectis

cives quoque miseros urbs delete delevit. Visne mscumac non

"cum omnibus tuis sentire ? Vellemnsc ts

nsc fratremtuumame hodis visum.

My brother and I“w ere using“your bo oks. Neither

you nor my servants know ’ w hen I came“ home.

Neither you nor they know w hat is advantageous.

Both my father and I w ere going“to Athens on that

day. I ask you“again and again w hether“you have

done this also to your satisfaction .

" Bo th you and Irule many“great cities. By telling many go od stories

the servant greatly benefited the little children. Both

you and your father voted about putting the kingto death. I t is asked urgently w hat should be donew ith this boy.

“ DO you kno w ho w “and ho w large

Athens seemed to us ? Ought w e to do this for your

sake, and no t rather for all ? Bo th w e and our friendscars little for the king. Is not w arning“ a friend the

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

LESSON LVI .

Bed, Autem, Vero , Verum, but. Q 198, 9 , R. (a); Q 279, 8 (c).Modo , Bo lum, only. Q 192 , I . 8 ; II . 4 (b); Q 107.Nonmodo sed stiam, or non so lum verum stiam, not only

but also . Q 277, R. 10.

Lendavi ego“ fratrem tuum, ssd non amo . N on

multa possumus, ssd omnia nobis in dies faciliora fisnt.E t tn st ille perum mihi prodest, ego autem omniavestra cause faciebam. Homines Deumperum facinnt,ille autem as est amicissimus. Nsc tn neemilites istinobiscum sentiunt ; nos vero omnia in menu tue esse

videmus. Hoc so lum ex te scire velim, nonne de regeoccidendo sententiam tulsris. Partim captis civibus

partimcaesis, numurbs quoque delenda esset qneesisti.

S ensistlne“ non modo laudandos servo s, verum stiamamandos ? Quanti ts nos fecere Oportsat nescia ; nos

ter autemamor tui in dies major fit. Peter meus ts

utitur amantissime, ego autem quid ejus cause feceris

bona venia tue quassisrim. Tu me perum nté ris,

mslioribus v erO rebus meis mecum tibi erant omnie.

“

N on modo quot et quantis curis conturbemur nescitis,sed nos stiamipsi conturbetis. E t tu st omnes meimelaudant, ego vero longs omnium sum miserrimus .

Nonne confitentur omnes nequc ts neque tuos quidoporteat scire ? Nonne idemvelle atque idemno lle est

amicorum? Nse tn nec mater tue scit“quam longumomnia narrare fuerit.“ Te stiamatque stiammonitum“

velim malis hominibus uti minims ex re futurum.

Mann quammaxima facta rex sodsm die urbe nostra

potitur.

“ N OS vestri quammaxims miserait.

conrounn sameness. 125

Neither you nor your brother know s how “you appearto good citizens, but w e do .

“ I w ondered at yourmellow fruit, butmy bro thers ate (it). N ot only the king,but also all his so ldiers w ere slain on that same day.

Who kno w s for w hat reasons my brother and I/ act

w ith this party ? G od reminds us that he is our bestfriend,“but w icked men cars to o little for him. N ot

only three thousand so ldiers,“ but also the king and

queen w ere slain. For many“ important“ reasons Iw ould like to Speak three w ords to you and your servants. Neither you nor your father kno w s w hat oughtto have been done! I w ould like to know this onlyfromyou, w hether it w ould no t have beenmore advan

tageous to live intimately w ith better men. We saw

both you and your father journeying“tow ard the right.“

We know neither w hich Of the tw o boys ate the mello wfruit, nor how they could have taken it.“ I w ould liketo have you reminded“rOf this only

, that it is by no

means advantageous to be intimate w ith cunning men.

DO not inquire ho w “your father appears to his friends.

You think“you have done everything to my satisfaction,but I cannot praise you. I w ish you could think morehighly o f my brother, but I must confess

“ that I cannotw onder at you.

“L . xxxv ii . 8. L. lv . f . Q 268, R. 2 ; Q 270, R. 8. Q 145,I . 8. L. liii. 8.

I L . lv . 8.l L. xi. 7. Q 118, 6 (a); Q 212 R. 2.

L. lv . c. I L. liv . 9. Q 205, R. 2.

“L. xxv iii. 1 . L. xlu . 10.

126 nm crsns.

LESSON LVII.

S i, if ; Nisi, if not, unless . Q 261 , 1 , 2 .

E tsi, even if , although. Tamen, nevertheless , yet.

A go , aghre, egi, actum, to act, to conduct, to carry on, to spend (time).A gere causam, to p lead a cause (in law ), to debate a question.

S i pater tuns bellum agere cum malis v oluisset,a

bonis magis laudatus esset. Nisi cum malis bellumagere velis, a bonis non amaberis. Etsi malus homoquam maxime prodesse poterit,

“ tamen non v o let. l

Neque ego nec tu quanti cives no stri nos faeerent scis

semne, nisi a servis no stris nobis narratum esset. N on

ego so lum,verum etiam omnes mei, n'isi hanc causam

cum rege egeris,“ hodie occidentur. Etsi in omnesdies’ servos multa monueris,

“tamen multas res parum

ex sententia agent. Quid te no stri miserere proderit,nisi veniam quoque dederis ? S i hanc agere causamnescis, nullam agere poterie. S i malis hominibus uti

malis, soito’ te uti bonos no lle. S i neseiatis quantacura

8vestram causam hodie egerimus, v os monitos°

velimus no s omnia ex sententia vestra fecisse. Multa

nos, si non omnia,

‘ex sententia fecimus. E t ego et tu

multis et magnie curis conturbabimur,nisi tu no stram

causam ex sententia egeris. Haec et facilia neque‘

tamen‘ in rem erunt, nisi v afro isti bomini verbadederis. Confitendum est neque te neque regem nisi‘

Deo vo lente omnia facere posse. S i tu in partemdexteriorem ire v is

,

’ego vero in sinisteriorem.

‘ E x te

quaesierimquid mea causa fecisses, nisi tua ego omnia.

‘

N o lite quaerere quibus de cansis Romam hodie iturusfuerim,

‘nisi de meo fratre male narravissetis. Nisi

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

128 am amus.

you and I must leav e the kingdom,although the king

confesses that he esteems us very highly.

‘Q 257, R. 10.

‘

Q 261 ,R. 1 and 2. I Q 261, R. 5. l xxv ii. 8.

LESSON L'

VIII.

A nt, Vol , -ve,* or. S ire, or S en, or if . Q 198 2, R. (a), (b), (e).

A nt ant, or vel vel , either or.

S iva sive, or s’

eu seu, etc. , w hether or.

Utrum an, w hether or, but only in disjunctive questions.

Q 265, R. 2.

Neva, or Neuf (no re), and no t, nor. Q 267, R.

Nam, Enim, f or. Q 198, 7, R. (a). Q 279, 8, e.

A ut ego aut tu rerum potieris.

“ S i tu fraterve tuus

mihi pro fuissetis,“omnia vestra causa facerem.

‘ Res

tuae sen bonae fuerint, seu malae, ego tamen tuus ero

amicissimus ; sentio enimmihi tecumesse omnia. A ut

tu aut frater tuus illa mea poma cepit, nam vidi v os

edentes.

l N e mireris quid de me fiat,neu quaeres,

omnia enim vel in men. v el in amicorum manu orant.

N e laudetis, neu ametis civem regibus utentem. Sivetu vo les, seu no les, nos tibimultumproderimus. S i tu

paterve tuus mihi prodesse po teritis, magnamihimeliorumrerum spes crit. Nonne hoc quoque confitendum

Vel , or the enclitic -as, is amuch w eaker disjunctive than cut,

and is to be used w henever the cho ice betw een tw o objects is re

garded as indif erent. It connects w ords o ftener thanprop ositions.

1' N eve, or neu, is to be used instead o f neque, w herever ne

_

w ould

be used instead o f non that is, w ith the subjunctive and imperative.

conrow am amus. 129

v idetur, omnia in dies difi ciliora factu’ heri‘

t E x to

quaesierimns, utrnmc in dexteriorem an sinisteriorempartem iter sit facinndum; nam regem cummaximamanu hac venientem vidimus. Non so lum ego , verumetiam amicissimi mei quibus de causis parum possetis

mirabantur ; sciebamus enimv os regibus uti. Quaeriturutrummea an tua causa regem istorum serv orummiseruerit. Romaene an A thenis esse mavis ? Romaevero . Q nibns de cansis ? Plurimis‘ vero . S en patermeus sen materme landaverint, ero felicissimus. Scin’

ubi frater meus sororve sit ? Scio vero . Nonne hoev el’maximemirandnmest

,exercitumnostrumad unum‘

caesumesse, nequemanus dedisse ? Rex quammaximafactamanu nesciebat utrummagis in rem esset occidi

cives an veniamdari. A nt captis militibus ant caesis,

rex ipse manus dedit. Ne questas , neu mirero ,‘ quot

quantisque rebus nobis opus sit ; no lumus enim omnibus confiteri. E x to quaesierim utrnm hae an illac

If I knew’ that either you or your brother w ould'

get contro l o f afl'

airs, I should have much greater h0pe,for everything w ould be in your po w er. Whether yourcircumstances be“pro sperous or adverse, I shall esteem

you as highly as possible.

‘ Whether your father isw illing or unw illing,“I intend to go to Athens to-day.

We see that your circumstances are becoming easier

every day, and that everything w ill be either in yourpow er, or in that’ o f your friends. Whether w e go

to w ard the right or the left, w e must make a very longjourney. I w ould inquire of you w hether it w ould bemore advantageous to me to act w ith this party or w iththat. My brother asked me w hether I intended to go

EXERCI SE S .

to Rome or Athens. Would you rather go to Rome orAthens ? T o Rome.

‘ For w hat reasons ? For the

best ones,“certainly. I t is asked w hether you intendto plead my cause or your o w n. Do not be intimatew ith kings, or

‘esteem them highly ; for it is reported

that their servants and friends are disquieted w ith manymiserable cares. Pardon your w retched servants, 0king !and do not destroy all on account o f this one.

Do not w onder or inquire w hy w e pleaded the cause o f

those servants o f yours, for w e do not w ish to confess

to you. You ought to have pleaded the cause of the

miserable men, for the king w as w illing to hear you.

Wemust confess that w e to ok yourmello w fruit, for itis reported that you saw as eating it.‘ Love yourfather and your mo ther, and do not ask w hat7 goodthey have done you, for, I assure

“you, you must con

fess that they have done everything for your sake and

your sister’

s.

8 Either the king or I shall go“to Athens

in order to see“the great w orks o f that most famous

city.

“L. 17. f . L. lvu . f .0 Q 192, 4 (b). ‘ L. liv . 7.

‘ Q 162, 8.

f L . lv ii. 7. 3 L. 1 1 11 . 5.h L. lv ii. 12.

~

‘ L . lv . 18.I Q 207, R.

26 (e).h L. xl iii. 3. L. xxv iii. 1 . S ee VOCA BUL A BY . L . lii. 9 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

182 m norsas.

bamur, ne parum vobis pro fuisse videremur. Milites,

ne ex urbe exirent, neu manns darent, monuimus. Ex

civibus quaesivimus, ntrnmin dextram an in sinistrampartem ire magis in rem esset ; namregemcum exer

citu magno illac venientem vidimus. Ego fraterqne

nescimns quomodo ant quando causamtuamagere liceet.

Bo th you and your friends w ere w arned not to raise“

a large body o f tro ops. We fear that w e shall“notbenefit you greatly. Ho w

’ does it happen that" youfear that w e shall not plead your cause ? The fablew arns us no t to deceive the p ow erf ul. Whether theking is w illing or unw illing,‘ w e shall go to the cityto-day, to raise" as large a body o f tr00ps as possible.

Do not fear w hat w ill become o f the king, for the citi

zens w ill do everything for his sake. Neither mybro thers nor I w as w arned not to take that mello wfruit o f yours. The servant to ld a very cunning story

,

in order that he might deceive his pro sperous master.

Your brother is intimate w ith the best citizens, in,order

that he may be in good repute. Will you not confess,

0 most w icked man!that you did this in order to

destroy7 both the king and the queen ? We do not

kno w w hether it w ill“be more advantageous to j ourneytow ards the right or the left, for it is reported thateverything is in the pow er o f the king. Although w ehave designed to benefit the citizens as much as possible, yet w e perceive that they care little for us. Wew arned the servants to love theirmasters, and not to“

deceive them. Would it not have beenf better to

pardon the citizens than to destroy them Ought w enot to have‘go t contro l o f afl

‘

airs, in order to benefitour friends as much as possible ? I t seemed good to

courounn summons. 188

the master to inquire of his servants w hat w ould“ be~

come o f them, if he“w ere slain. N ot only your father,

but also all your best friends, fear that you w ill“no t

be permitted to become a great king.

’ I w ould have

you reminded’ again and again, not to be disquieted bythe sentiments of the citizens about carrying on the

w ar, and no t to surrender to that army of the king.

I t is asked w hether you or I need more things.10 Wefeared that it w ould not seemgood to the king to pardon those w retched soldiers.

“ Q 278, 2 ; L. xix. 5.‘ Q 262, R. 8.

‘ L. lvu . 12.‘Q 277,

R. 14.

‘ L. l . f L . lv i. 2.3 L . lv . 8.

“Q 260 II . 1 .‘ L.

lv iii. 5. l L. xiii. 2. L . xxv iii. 1 . L. liv . 9. Q 260, II . 2.

Q 208, 4.0 L. lvi. e.

184 nxaacrsss.

LESSON LX.

TheRelative Pronoun.

Q ui, quae, quod, w ho , w hich, w hat. QQ 186 ; 206.

Q uum, w hen, since, although. Q 268, 5, R. 1 and 2.

Q uo , as a conjunction, that, in order that ( literally, by w hich, an

ablative, and used mostly w ith comparatives , Q 256, R.

Q uo co , the the , as, qno pro sperior, co felicior, the more

p rosperous, the happ ier.

Q uomlnus (also w ritten separately, quo minus), that not (literally,by w hich the less). Q 262, R. 9.

Q uin (qui-no), that no t. Q 262, R. 10.

Frater meus, quil non solum tibi, verumetiamomnibus tuis multis his diebus pro fnit, hodie ad tuamcausamagendnm Athenas ivit. Borum nos miserebit, quos’

rex hodie militibus occidendo s dederit.“ S cisne istos

homines, quibnscum"mihi hodie est agendum? Etiam.

Q uales tibi v isi sunt ? Mali vero , qnnm mala eorumverba audiebam. Miseretne" te corum qui male audiunt ? Milites, a quibus rex noster captus erat, ad

unum caesi sunt. Amici quorum causa omnia ferimnsparum nos faciunt. Frater tuus, quo multum ntimur,mihi multa de tuo in me amore narravit. Servus a

mann tuus, cni isto s libros dabam,nna cum servis meis

domo exiit. E t ego et tn, quidmultos dies nna fuimns ,

‘

The relative pronoun is very extensiv ely used in Latin, as a

conj unctive, to connect propositions. When so used, it is to be

translated like the pronoun is, w ith the appropriate conjunction.

The conjunctive gui is equivalent to et is, ml is , namis, si is, quam

is, mode is, cm is, at is, etc. ,and is f o llo w ed accordingly by the

indicative or the subjunctiv e.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

186 axn ersxs.

everything, reports that you are as dev oted to me aspossible. Your secretary and his bro ther, w ho“ cameto my house to-day, report that your circumstances arebecoming easier. Bo th you and I, w ho ‘ like and dis

like the same things, kno w ho w greatly all our friends

esteem“ us . We fear that our friends, for w hose sakew e have been disquieted by many great cares, w ill bedestroyed by this most w retched w ar. I gave the boythree bo oks to carry“ to you.

‘ The loving sisters to ldthis story to their brothers, to w arn them. There are

some w ho are unw illing to praise w hat" does no t benefit them. There is no reason thatf you should no t

become“ far the most po w erful o f kings. There are

none w ho w ill not plead“my cause. The go od man ,since he did not kno w to w hich o f the tw o sisters to

give18 the book , gave it to me. The king surrendered,

after his so ldiers had been slain to aman. You are

too great" forme to be able to do youmnchf good. Iw ould urgently ask this also o f you, w hether it w ill

not be very advantageous to me to go to Athens, ifmy father is w illing. Eithermy father or I w ill pleadyour cause, as w e” have much influence. Whether youknow ,

or do no t kno w , w hat reason“there is” that all

the citizens should not? agree w ith you, I indeed w onldlike to have you reminded that there are none w ho feelthat everything depends

”on you alone. I t is reported

that your house is the only one o f w hich the king hasbeen‘unable to take possession. Your father, as far

as w e kno w ,

8w ill not come to the city to-day. I t

cannot be’ that he has not pleaded my cause satisfac

torily. When you have come” to the city,’ be so go od'

as to give all your things” to my servant to carry‘

home. The larger your army, the more w e shall kill.

conrow sameness. 187

The king praised the so ldiers, that they might bemoreSpirited . We w ill w arn the boys to be less cunning,and no t to deceive their mo thers. We w ere verygreatly disquieted, so that w e could no t plead yourcause satisfactorily. I t is repo rted, that the king w illpardon the citizens, as far as he is permitted .

“

L. lvu . 12. Q 186, R. 1.

c L. lv i. 2. Q 205, R. 2. Q 209,R. 6, and R. 12 I Q 206, 8.

3 Q 206, 18 (b). h Q 264, 8.

' Q 162, 4.1 Q 232, 8.

‘ L. lii. 8.' Q 264, 8.

" L . liii. 2.

“ L.

lix. h.0 Q 225, IV .

P Q 262, R. 10 1 Q 260, R. 7 Q 262,R. 10 L . xxxvn . 4. L. lv . 5. S ee N. 16.

LESSON LXI.

Correlatives.

Talia, -e, such, referring to quality. Q 109. Talis qnalis, such

as.

Tantus, -a,-um, so great, or large ; such, referring to size. Tantus

quantas, as great as. Tanto quanto , as much as . Q 256,R. 16

Tam, so (literally, to such an extent). Tam quam, as

T o t, so many. Q 1 15, 4. T ot quot, asmany as.

Ibi, there, in thatp lace. Inde, thence, f romthatp lace.

Most interrogatives are also used as relatives. The relatives

qui, gaulis, quantus, quot, quam, ubi, unde, &c. , have

is , talis , tantus, to t, tam, ibi, inde, &c. ,

corresponding to them in the antecedent clause, but the correlatives

are frequently omitted. Q 206 Q 139, 5

Urbs no stra tanta est, quantam

lv o lumus. Quod’ si

urbs vestra tanta esset qnantam vultis, tamen multispartibus minor esset, quam qnae

"cives omnes capere

po sset. Nonne Athenas tales sunt, quales8nobis vide

138 nxnncrsss.

bantur? Verba vestra mihi tam pulchra visa sunt,

quam quae‘ pulcherrima. Num vestra urbs tot civescapere po test, quot no stra. Imo vero , mnlto plnres.

Nonne cives mei me tanti facinnt, quanti eos ego ?

Imo vero , mnlto majoris. Nonne istud bellum tammiseram fuit

,quam quod miserrimnm? Tu fraterqne

tuus inde venistis, nnde et"no s. Nonne ego tot curis

conturbor, quot tn ? A ndivimus fratremtuumibi futurum

,ubi et nostri fuerunt. Nonne Athenae tantae

fient, quanta est Roma ? Fieri non potest nt Athenastantae fiant

,quanta est Roma. Nonne Athenae tam

felices tibi v isae sunt, quam quod felicissimum? Videmns urbem tnam talem esse, qnalem

5omnes fernnt.

Eone itis, qno no s quoque ? Etiam,nobis antem hac

enndum est, vobis illac. Q unm in urbem veneris

,

‘

omnia tua meo servo da, quae° domnm meam ferat.

Rex qnnm nesciret utri militum landsret, laudavitambos. Narro tibi, qno res tuae finnt faeiliores

,cc

difiieiliores meae. Milites hac fabula narranda tanto

feliciores fecimns, quanto fuerant miseriores. Quidcansae

"est, quin

‘tn quoque nobiscum eas ? Nul la

causa est,nisi nt patre no lente‘

rnon po ssim. Nonne

fuerunt, quif tecum sentirent ? Fer, amabo te

,mihi,

mi serve, qnod8edam. E x fratre tuo , qni scire vides.

tnr,” utrum magis illnd bellum regi an civ ibus in rem

fuerit, qnaesierimus. Tibi, qui sis

9rex longe po tentis

simns, plurimi sunt amici ; mihi vero , qui servus misersim,

facile“nulli. Omnibus curis confecti sumas, quominus tecumiremus.

Your city is reported to be as beautiful as ours. I f

then your city w ere‘ as beautiful as you w ish, yet youw ould confess that ours is much more beautiful . I t

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

140 m asters.

my sake as I did foryours 2 I f you are go ing w hitherw e also are,

u it w ill be w ell ; but if not,”w e must go

w ith you. Such” is my love to you,'

(that) I w ill pardon your w icked servant.

c a n“.s u n:10.

-L . lx. p .I n c L . lx . h.

him, a. 7. ‘L . lvii 7.

i nsan e, N . 1 .li st e N . 4.

n L . xlix. 2 .

a n u s f .o n. ” v 1. liv . 9 .

«w as,‘ Q 264, 1. “B lin d.

LESSON LXII.

I ndefinite Pronouns, etc.

A liquie, or aligai, Q uisque, Q uisqnam, Q uidam, G livls. Q 188,l , 8, 5; Q 207, R. 88 (a).

S ome interrogation are also used as indefinites, especially after cer

tain particles ; as, no quis, lest any, that no ; si quis , ifany ; si quando , if ever ; no quando , that never, or lest

ever. Q 187, R. 8.

The afi x f ungus , -ever, -soever, how ever, serves to germ-alias the

pronominal ; as, quicumque, w hoever qualiscumque, of w hatever

sort quantuseumque, ho w ever great ; ubicumque, w herever.

Q uisquis, quidqnid, w hoever, w hatever. Q 186, 4.

A lias, Al ter, Ullus. Q 107.Al ius alias, or alii alii , one another. A lius aliud facit, or

alii alia facinnt, one does one thing, ano ther, ano ther.

A lter alter, one the o ther. A lter alterum amat, the one loves

the o ther.

Q uidem (adv . and conj ), indeed, at least, certainly. Ne quidem,

not even. Q 279, 8 (d). Hand not. Q 191 , R. 8.

Hand scio an, or Nescio an, I almost think that; perhaps. Q 198, 11,R. (e); Q 265, R. 8.

Non cujusvislestAthenas ire. Q uibnsdamdo causis

hand scio an Romam cum patre eam.

’ Milites regecaeso alii capti, caesi alii. S ervi mei, quibus nulli alii

sunt vafriores, si quando ex iis aliquid quaesierim, id

maxime agunt ut‘ qnoquo modo” mihi verba dent.

Q uantaecumque sint Athenae, Roma quidem hand scio

anmultis partibus sitmajor. A n“cuiquam’civi regem

fieri licebit ? Quid aliud hie narrat, quam quod tn

cummonuisti ? E stne quisquamomniumhominum, qni

te tanti faciat,‘ quanti ego ? Q unmnesciret rex utram

in partsm iter feceret, ex qnodam milite quassiit.

142 nxnncrsns.

Q ualemcumque fabulam servus narrabit, hand facile

mihi verba dahit. Optimo quoque‘ cive v o lumus uti.

Ubicnmque, mi frater, sis,’ te monitum velim,

Deum,

quidquid agas, videro . A l ter alterius causam agebat.

S i ulla est causa Deum amandi, qnae quidem n ul tae

snnt, haee vero tanta est quanta nulla alia, quo d‘ is

no bis omnia facit. S i quid possumus, ex cc po ssumus,quo d optimo quoque ntimur quam maxime. Nonnealiquid causae' est Athenas eundi ? Hodie quidemnulla ; Romam‘

enim iter est. Q uacumqne de causa

Romam itis,id agite ut celeberrima qnaeque istius

urbis o pera videatis. Q ualibuscumque hominibus ali

quis‘ utitur,aliquid cuique v eniae dandum. A n3 quem

quam,mi frater, pluris quam me facis. Num quis

puero veniam dare nonvult ? Neque tna nee nllius

alius‘ hominis causa aliquid mali qnoquo modo facerev o lumus. Q uorundam hominum causa curis quammaximis conturbor. S i cui licet, tibi quidem istud

quodcumque facere licebit. A liudf est amare hominem,aliud laudare. Unum aliquem

‘audivi narrare regem

hac cummultis venturum. Q ui fit, ut quanti quisquese ipse" faciat, tanti fiat ab amicis ? Alteram tn amassororem,

ille alteram. Q uantumcnmqne‘ fratrem tuum

miramur, te alterumtantummirabimur, nisi quid v eniae'

uni cuique7no strum dederis.

“ Cives qnnm viderent

urbem captum iri, alii alias in partes ex urbe exiernnt,

ne et ipsi capti oceiderentur. Puerummonui, ne quo stanti faceret, quanti et patrem et matrem.

8 A Dec

monemur, nt suum caique demus. Oportet, mi frater,ut ne

" quibus nisi optimis quibusque multum ataris.

Quid vis faciam Fer mihi, sis,” ista qnaliacumqne

poma.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

144 nxnncrsns.

question,“

aim at deceiving them. If any“citizen is

permitted'to be made king, you certainly w ill be per

mitted. N o t ev en formy mo ther’

s sake w ould I have

granted any favor11to that most w icked man. This

same fable reminds us to give each man his o w n.”

A re, then, all the best men the most prosperous ?Ought you, then, for the sake o f any man at all“ to

have deceived' us, your best friends ? I t is reportedthat you hear w hatever w e do . I amw illing to benefit

you, in w hatever w ay I can.

’

‘ L. lix. 5.‘ 800 Vocanm x.

‘ Q 207, R. 81 (c). ‘ Q 264, 7.

Q 207, R. 85 (b). f Q 260, II .3 L. lx. 10. Q 287, R. 1 . Q 107,

R. 1 .1 Q 205, R. 8. Q 207, R. 28 (a). Q 28l , R. 5 (a), (b).

L. lvii. a. Q 262, R. 5, fine print. Q 262, R. 4.I' Q 188,

R. 8.1 L . Ix. 18 ; Q 206, 8.

' L . lvii. 12.‘ Q 256, R. 16

‘ L .

111 . 2. 1 Q 279, 14. L. liv . 9.

PART II .

RE A D IN G LE S S ONS .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

148 nm oauns.

G. Quid agis ? Henrice.

H. Scribe, ut vides.

G. Quid scribis ?H. Versus, quos praeceptor dictavit.G. Ostende, quaeso , scriptfiram.

H . A dsplce.

G. Videris mihi nimis festinanter scripsisse.

H . Scribe interdummelins.

G. Our igitur nunc tammale scribis ?H . Desnntmihi“ bene scribendi adjumenta.

G. Q uaenam?1

H . Bona charta, bonum atramentnm,bona penna.

Haec enim charts , ut vides, misere perfiuit ; atramentum est aquo snm et pallidum; penna mo llis et male

parata.

G . Our ista’ omnia non matfire providisti ?H. Pecuniamihi deerat, et nunc etiamdeest.G. Tibi hanc pecuniam mutuam dabo , nt meliorem

chartamet res reliquas tibi emere po ssis.

H. Benevo lentiamtuamgratus’agnosco .

c azze, n. 2.

immense. 149

Guilielmus E ugenius.

G. Salve, mi Eugéni!Tu quoque salve, mi Gnilielmd

G. Q uombdo vales ex tamdiuturno itinere ?E. Bene valeo , ut vides ; sed a parentibus

‘et amicis

dintius abesse non po tuissem.

G. Vehem‘

enter gaudeo te rediisse incoliimem. Ubi

namfuisti to t annis quas terras vidisti ?E . In Anglia fui, in Gallia, in Italia.

G . Q uasname Italiae urbes v idisti ?E. Imprimis commoratus sum G enuae,

‘ Florentiae,Venetiis,

‘ NeapZSli,f Romuo .

l Po stea Bononiam vidi,Patavium, Medio lanum; in singiilis autem hisce urbibus tantum’ aliquotmenses commoratus sum.

G. Quid autemnovi“v idisti in tot locis celeberrimis ?E . Fere omnia mihi nova videbantur ; sed longum

est‘omnia enarrare.

G . Dicf saltem, qualis urbs nostra tibi visa sitlb posttamlongamabsentiam?E . Omniamutata sunt. Quamrepente res hominummutantur!G. Jam te dintius detinere nolim alio templiremultamihi narrabis. Vale, Eugeni carissime!E . Vale!

4 242, n. 1 .b uss, N . 1 .

-n.

0

4254.

l ass, n ; Q 82, Exc. 2.ram, s.

i t . lviii. 7. ‘L . xiii. 2.

meae an us . 2.i n. xlv iii. 2.

150 human s.

A . Our adeo curris, Jacobo ?J. Quia, nisi afi’ulSro l in tempers ante

catalligum, actnmcrit deme.

A. Hac quideme parte nihil est periciili.’

J. Q uidni ?

A. Nondum praeterlta est octava hora. Insplce

horologium; manns nondnm attlgit punctum,

’ quodhoramab hora aequis apatiis

° dirlmit.J. A t ego vix habeo fidem horolog11e ;’ mentiuntur

nonnumquam.

A. Tu vero mihis fide, qui campanae v ocemaudivi.

J. Quid loquebatur ?A. Horae‘ octavae dodrantemdemampraeternsse.

J. S ed est et aliud, quod timeam.

‘

A. Quid id est ?

J. Reddenda estmemoriter hestema lectio , et vereor,

nt‘

poss1m.

A. Commune periculumnarras, namet ipse eamvixsatis teneo .

J. E t nostif praeceptoris rigoremet severitatem.

A. Rigidus est ignavia,’ sed comis strennis discipiilis.

Vernm age! reddamus inter nos“vicissim lectionem,

qnnm adhuc supersit aliquid tempbris tn‘ inspice

librum, ego recitabo .

J. Pulchremones.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

162 nu noeuns.

nt lndunas, non‘autemjussisse. Nemo enimad ludum

cogitar.

F. Valete

-4275, 2 (a).i n. iii. g.

e4ze7, s.

4 4275, n. n.

o 4279, 14.

A lfredas E dvardus.

A. Q ueml librumtamassidue legis, Edvarde ?E. E st liber Latinus.

A. Ithne vero ? Tantnmcurae’linguae

“antiquae et

emortuae impendis !E. E st" quidem lingua antiqua, sed quomodo v oeare

potes lingnamemortuam,

a quamnon so lum omnes puerihonestiores ediseunt, sed qua etiamdoctissimi homineset scribendo

"et loquendo utuntur.

A. Habeant sibi istam‘ lingnamdocti homines ; equidemmagis delectabor aliis rebus discendis vitae“commnni utilioribus.

E . Num tn putas me ipsum easdem res negligere,quas tn laudas, dumLatinis literie Operamdo ?A. Certe credo .

E . A ge!enarramihi disciplinas istas , quibus tu dasoperam.

A. Primum linguae‘nostras , secundnm Francogal

lIcae, deinde‘ mathematicae, tum histories , postremo

geographies et physleae.

E . Nihil omnium harum rerum equldem negligo ;

nrsnoeurs. 158

verumnon so lumpraeceptormihi dixit, sod ipse magismagisque sensi, operam, quam Latinis literis impenderem,

‘ in ceteras quoque disciplinas redundare.

A . Quomodo ? quaeso .

E . Quia omnes artes communi quadsm’ inter se

societate junctae sunt.

A. N on intellIgo .

E . En ergo ! Lingua‘Francogallica ex qua orta est

lingua

A . Nescio ; sed tamen videnturmihi nonnulla vocahiila Latinis similia esse.

E. N on so lum nonnulla,sed plerhque omnia ex

Latino fonte derivantur ; et qui L atino sciet,’ non

v ocabnlamodo , sed regulas quoque et Francogallicae,’

et omnium recentiorum linguamm, qnae Romanensesdicuntur, facillime discet.A. L oqué ris, quasi ipse sis” magister L atinarumlite

tarum. S ed quid hoe ad nostrum lingnam?E . Etiamnostrae linguae regulas et logos, quae ex

eodemfonte haustae sunt, melius intelliges, si Latinamprobe didiceris.

“

A. A t tu desino tandem disputare ; neque enimmultumabest,

lo quin mo doceas, omnis scientise originemesse lingnam‘Latinam.

E . Nolin hoe vereri mirif lce ; at pro fecto verum“

est, eum, qni Latinis literis recto et strenue cognoscen

dis" ingeniumerudiverit, ad omnes res t ootias et facilius

percipiendas mentemformasse.

A . Ego vero hoc"numqnam nee intelligamnec eon

cédam.

E . Credo ; qui‘enim potest hoe intelligere homo ,

“

qualis tu es, qni“vix elementis" praeclarao bujne lin

154 nu noauns.

guae imbfitus es, et do Latinis literie quasi caecus do

0 4224.0 L . x11 . 1 .

0 4275, m. n. 4.

44277, n. 15.

0 4255,2, and n. 2. v . 1 .

0 Q 268, 2 iv . 1 .04259 ; 4279,

2 (s). 1 4152 7(a).44206, 13 (a).

‘L . lix. 2 .000 4209, n. 5.

A ndreas Robertus.

A. Salve, mi Philippe!P. Gratias ago , mi Andrea! Quid afi'

ors ?

A. Me ipsum.

P. S ic remhandmagni pretu hnc attulisti.

A. A tqui magno“constlti patri meo .

P. Credo plurie, l quamquisquamto faceret.’

A . S ed Robertus3 estuo domi ?P. Nescio . Pnlsa fores ejus, et videbis.

A. Hens !Roberto , num‘ domi es ?

R. Non sum.

A . Impi’

idens !non“ego audio to loquentem?R. Imo tn es impudens. Nuper ancillae tuae eredidi

to“non esse domi, cum’tamon osses ; et tn non credis

mihi ipsiA. A eqnumdicis ; par pari retnlisti.8

R. Equidem,nt non omnibus’dormio , ita non omni

bus’

sumdomi. Nnnc vero adsum.

A. S ed tnmihi videris co chleae vitamagere.

R. Quam ob causam?A. Quia perpetuo domi latitas, neque umqnampro

ré pis.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

MARCUS PORCIUS CATO.

I. Marcus P orcine C'ato ortus municipio T usciflo‘

adolescentiilus, priusquam honoribus operam daret, ‘

ruri' in praediis paternis v ersatus est, deinde Romamdemigravit, st in foro esse coepit. Primum stipendiummeruit annorum‘ decem septemque, Quinto Fabio con

sills ,“cui postea semper adhaosit. Inde castra secutus

est Claudii Nercuis, ejusque opera magni aestimata est

in proelio apud Senam,

’ quos ceeldit Hasdriibal, fraterHannibhlis. Ab ado lescentia frugalitatemtemperantiamque coluit. Pellibns haedlnis pro stragiila vests

utebatur ; sodomcibo ,‘

qno milites,‘vescebatnr ; aquam

in bellleis expeditionibns potabat ; si nimis neetu tor

qneretur, acetum si viros deficerent, panliilum' vilis

v 1n1.

II . Quaestor1 Scipioni Africano obtlgit, ot cum so

parumamico vixit ; namparsimonies amans hand probabat sumptus, quos Scipio faciebat. Quare, so relicto ,

Romam rediit, iblque S eipionis vitam palam et ap'

erte

reprehendit, quasi’militarem disciplinameorrnmperot.

Dictitabat, illum cum pallio’ et crepldis solitum ambularo in gymnasic,’ palaestrao operam dare, militamlicentiae indulgere. Quod crimen non verbo

, sed facto ,

‘

Q 268, 8.l'Q 254, R. 1 .

° Q 286, N. 8 (a), (b). ‘ Q 257, R. 7,fineprint.

‘ Q 245, I . f D. v i. g.3D. iii. 1.

156

CA TO. 157

dilnit S cipio . Namqnnmea do“ ro legati Roma Syracusas missi essent, Scipio exercitam omnemeo conve

nire ot elassom expediro’jussit, tamquam dimicandnm'

so die terra mariquo"cum Carthagininnsibus esset

postridie, legatis inapectantibus, pugnas simulacrumexhibait. Tum eis armamentaria, horrea, omnemquobelli apparatnmostendit. RoversiRomamlegati omniaapud exercitumS eipionis praeclare so habere renunciarunt.

III. Eadem asporitate Cato matronarnm luxum in

sectatus est. S eilieet in medic ardore belli Pnni'ciOppius, tribiinus plebis, legem tulerat,

l

qua v etabantur

mnliéres Romanao plus semuncia’ anri habere, vestimonto varii co loris nti

,

‘

juncto v ehiciilo in urbe vehi.Confecto autem bello et florente republics , matrcnaepristina ornaments. sibi reddi postulabant, omnes viasurbis obsidebant, virosqne

‘ad forum descendentes ora

bant,’nt legemOppiamabrogarent. Q nibus3acerrime

restitit Cato , sod frustra ; nam lex fuit abrogata.

IV . Cato creatns consul in Hispaniamadversus Celtibé ros profectns est ; quos” acri proelio v icit, et ad

deditionem compiilit. E 0 in bello Cato cum nltimismilitam“ parsimonia,

‘vigiliis, labors certavit ; nee in

quemqnam gravins soverinsqne imperium exercuit,

quamin semetipsum. Quam Hispanos ad dofeetionempronos v iderot, cavendum

l judicavit, no deinceps rebellare possont. Id‘ autem efl

’

ectnrns2sibi videbatnr, si

eorummuros dirnéret. S od veritus no , si id universis

civitatibus imperaret eommiini edicto , non obtempera

rent, scripsit ad singnlas separatim, utmnros dirnerent,

0 4279, 1o (a).I>4152 , 15, n. 5.

0 4254, n. 2 v i. g.

iii. 1 .f 4275, 2.

0 111. s.~4212, n. 2.

0 4205, 15 (a).

158 CA TO.

episto lasque omnibus simul eodemque die reddendas‘

curavit. Qaumunaquaeque sibi so li imperari’pntaret,

universao paruerunt. Cato Romam reversas de His

pania triumpha'it.V . Postea Cato censor factus severe oi praefuit

potestati. Namst in complnres noblles animadvertit,et imprimis Lucium Flaminlnum virum consularemsenatu

‘ movit. Cui‘ inter alia faeinbra illnd objé cit.

Q unm esset in Gallia Flamininus, mulierem, enjusamore“deperlbat, ad coenamvocavit, sique forte intercoenandum‘ dixit, malto s capitis’damnatos in vinciilis

esse, quos seciiri perenssurus esset.” Tumilla negavit,l

so umquamvidisso quomqnam securi ferientem, et pervelle id v idere. StatimFlamininus unum ex his, qni

in careers detinebantur, adduci jasait, et ipse securi

porcussit. Tamperditamlibidinemeo‘magis notandam

putav it Cato , quod cum probro privato conjungé ret’

imperii dodc s. Quid enim erudelius8 quam inter

pociila et dapes ad spectacfilnmmnlieris humanemvic

timammactare, etmensameruoro reapergere ?

VI. Qaum in senatn do tertio Punico bello ageretiir,

l Cato jam senex delendam’Carthaginem cousait,

negavitque,‘ea stanto ,

’salvamesse posse rempublicam.

‘

Q unm autem id,‘contradieente Scipione Nasica, non

facile patribus porsuadé ret, deinceps quoties do re ali

qna‘sententiamdixit in senatn

,addidit‘ semper: Hcc

consoo , et Carthaginem esse delendam.

” Tandem in

curiamintiilit ficumpraeclicemet excussa toga efi'

fidit:

cujus‘ qnnmpulchritudinem patres admirarentur, interrogavit eos Cato , quando

“ex arbbre lectam7pntarent

0 4274, n. 7. 1 4251.

1 4217, a. a (a). c 4zes.

104212, n. 2, N . 4.

14255, n. 15.

l1 1.. v . i. l 14 . 11 11 12.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

160 euro .

caveat, ne proolium‘ insat. Negat‘ enim, jus esse, qui

“

miles non sit,“sumpugnare cumhosts.

IX. Agricultura‘ plurimum delectabatur Cato , maf

lebatque agrbrnm st pectirnm fructu,‘ quam fonbre

ditescere. Qaum ab so quaersrstnr,l quid maxims in

re familiari expedirst,’

respondit, bene pascsre.

”

Quid secundnm Satis bene pascsre. Quidtertium Male pascsre. Quid quartumArare E t qaum ille, qni quassisrat, dixissst,

quid“ fenerari tum Cato , quid,

”

inquit, hominem Scripsit ipse, villas snas no tectorio

quidemfuisse’psrlltas, atque postea addidit: Neqnemihi asdificatio , nsqno vas, nequc v ostimontum ullnmest prstiosum si quid est, qno uti possim,

’utor ; si

non est, facile carso . S no’ qusmqus uti st frui permslicet:mihi vitic' quidem vsrtunt, quod multis rebus”

egeo ; at ego illis v itio tribuo , quod nequsnnt sgé re.

”

X. Injnriarnm“patientissimns fuit Cato . Q unmsil

causamagenti protervas quidem, pingui saliva quantumpo tstat attracts , in frontem

’ msdiam inspuisset, tulit

hoe“ lonItor, st Ego ,”

inquit, O homo ! afiirmabofalli cos, qui to negant

‘os habere. Ab alio homine

imprbbo contumsliis proscissns, Inlqna,”

inquit,“to

cummihi est pugna ; tu enim probra facile andis, stdicia libonter ; mihi vsro et dicsrs ingratum,

“st audire

inso litum.

”

Dicero so lebat, acorbos inimicosmelius do

quibusdammorori, quam oos amicos,“qui dnlcss vide

antnr ;7 illos enimsaeps verumdicsro , hos numqnam.

XI. Cato ab adolescentia usque ad extremam aeta

tominimicitias rsipublicao causa snscipors non destitit:

0v1. 2. f 4254, e.

c 4227, n. 5.0 4213, n. 1

caro . 161

ipse a multis accusatuslnon modo nullum existimatio

nis“detrimentumfecit, sed, quoad vixit, virtutumlauds“

crevit. Quartum st octogosimum‘annum agens, ab

inimicis capitali crimine" accusatus, snam ipso‘ causam

peroravit ; noc quisquamant memoriamejus tardiorem’

ant lateris firmitatem imminiitam,ant os haesitationo

impeditum animadvertit. N on illum onsrvavit, nsc

afilixit sonsctus ea astate aderat‘ amicis ; vsniebat

in senntum frequens.’ G rascas etiam literas senex

“

didicit. Quando obropéret‘ssnsctus, vix intellsxit.

S ensim sine ssnsn’ aotas ingravespsbat, noc subl to

fracts est, sed diuturnitato quasi exstincta. A nnos

quinque st octoginta natus“oxesssit e vita.

0 L ix,1 . 2 (a), 01 4217, n. 2

f 4250, n. 1 .0 1. v . 1.

0 4224, N. 2.0 112 2.

t 4524, 25 and 28.0 1. c.

HA NN IBA L.

I. Hannibal, Hamilca'ris filius, Carthaginiensis. S i

vsrum est, quod nsmo dnbitat, ntl populus Romanus

omnes gentes virtute superarit, non est infitiandumHannibalsmtanto prasstitisso cstsros imPeratores prudontia,

“quanto populus Romanus antecsdat’ fortitudinecunetas nationss.

“ Nam quotiescumque cum so“con

grossas est in Italia, semper discessit superior.

° Quodnisi“ domi civ ium snorum invidia debilitatus esset

,

Romanos videtur superare potuisse. S ed multorumobtrectatio devlcit unius v irtntsm. Hie antsm velut

hersditats‘ rslictnmodium paternnmsrga“Romanos sic

conservavit, nt prins animamquam id deposuerit ; qui

quidem, qnnm patris pulsus esset, st alienarnm opnm’

indigé ret, numqnam destitsrit’ animo bellars cumRomanis.

II. N am nt omittam Philippum,

1 quem absous hostem“reddidit Romanis, omnium his temporibus potentissimns rex A ntibchus“ fuit. Hunc tanta cupiditate

‘

incondit bo llandi, nt usque a rubro mari“arms sonatus

sit inferrs Italias .

‘ Ad quem qnnm legati venissontRomani, qni do ejus voluntate sxplorarent,

’darentqus

Operam consiliis clandestinis, ut Hannibalsmin suspi

’4224 11. 4.0 4210, n. 1 .

0 4247, 2,fineprint. 1 4220, 8.

r 4254, 8.0 4250.

0 4249, 1.x 4254, 5.

162

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

164 HANN IBA L .

Hispaniae belle snbégit ; Saguntum,fosdsratamciv ita

tsm, vi expngnavit tros exercitus maximos comparavit. Ex his“ unum in A fricam misit, alterum cumHasdrubals fratre in Hispania rsllqnit, tertium in

I taliam secum duxit. S altnm Pyrenasum transiit.

Q uacumquo iter fecit, cum omnibus incblis confiixit,

neminem nisi victum dimisit. Ad Alpes po steaquamvenit,“ qnae Italiam ab Gallia‘

sejnngunt, quas nomo

umquam cum exercita ants sum praeter HerculemG raium transierat (que facte

“is hodie saltus Grains“

appellatur); A lpicos cenantss prohibsrs transltu cen

cidit,loca patefscit, itinera muniit, efi

'

scit, nt ea ele

phantus ornatus“ ire posset, qua antes unns homo

inormis v ix potsrat rspere. Has copias tradnxit, inI taliamqne porv snit.

“

IV. Conflixsrat apnd Rhodhnum cum P. Cornslio

Scipione consuls snmqne pepulerat.l Cum hoc sodsm

Clastidi’ apnd Padum decernit,sanciumquo inde ac

fugatum dimittit. Tertio idem Scipio cum co llegaTiberio Lengo apnd T rebiam adversus sum venit.Cumhis manumcenssrnit, utresquo

“prefligav it. Indo

per L igiires A penninnm transiit petons E truriam.

Hoe itinere“adeo gravi merbe afiieitnr eculerum,nt

postea numqnam doxtsre ssqno bone usus sit. Q ua

valetudine qnnm etiam nunc premerstnr, lscticaqnoferretnr, C. Flamininm censulem apnd Trasimé nnmcum exercita insidiis eirenmv sntnm occidit, neqns

mnlto pest C. Centeninmprastorem“cumdo leste mann

saltus o ccupantsm. Hinc in A puliam psrv é nit.“ Ibi

obviam si venerant due Consulss, C. T erentius st L .

Z Emilin‘

s. Utriusque“ exercitas une proelie fugav it,

Q 212, R. 2, N. 4. Q 259, 2 (d). Q 251 , R. 1 .

HA NN IBA L . 165

Panlumcensulemoccidit, et aliquot prastsrsa consula

res,7 in his S srv ilium G eminum, qui superiors anne

fuerst consul.

V. Hac pugna pugnata Romam pro fectns est nulle

rosistsnts . In propinqnis urbisl montibus meratus est.

Q unmaliquot ibi dies castra habnissst, et rsvsrtsretur

Capnam, Q. Fabius Maximus,dictator Romanus , in

agro Falsrne so oi objecit. Hie clausus lecerumangustiis neetu sins ulle detrimento exercitus se sxpediv it ;

Fabio , callidissime imperatori,’ verbs dedit. Namque

obdncta nests sarmsnta in cornibus juvencerum deligata incendit, ejusque generis multitudinemmagnumdispalatam immisit. Q ue rspentine objecto v isn tan

tum terrorem injocit exercitui Romanerum, ut sgré di

extra vallnmnomo sit ausus.

“ Hanc post remgostamnon itamultis diebus M. MinneiumRnfnm

, magistrnmequitnm pari ac dictaterem“imperio ,

“dole productnmin presliumfugav it. T iberiumS smproniumG raceham,

ité rnm‘sensulem,

in L ucanis“ absous“in insidias inductum sustfilit. M. Claudinm Marcollum quinquies

‘

censulem,apnd Vsnusiam pari mode interfscit. L on

gum est"enumerare pro slia. Quars hec unum satis

orit dictum,

7ex qno intelligi po ssit,

“quantns ills fuerit

quamdin in Italia fuit, nomo si in acis rsstitit,

“nomo

adversus sumpest Cannensem pugnamin campe castra

po snit.

VI . Hinc invictus patriamdo fensnm1rev ocatus bel

lumgessit adversus P. S cipionsm,

2 quem ipso primumapnd Rhedhnum,

“ iterum apnd Padnm,

“ tertio apnd

T rebiam fugaverat. Cum hoc sxhaustis jam patriaefacultatibns cupivit impraessntiarnmbellum componere

,

0 4258,0 L . xiii. 2.

04254, 5.

166 HA NN IBA L .

qno valontior postea cengrederstur. In co lloquiumconvenit, eonditiones non conv ensrunt. Po st id factum“paucis diebus apnd Z amamcum eodemconflixit

pnlsns (incredibile dicta“

) bidne st duabus noctibus

Hadrumetum pervenit, qnod sheet a Z ama circiter

millia passnnmtrecenta.

“ In has fuga Numidae, qnisimnl cumso ex acie oxeesssrant, insidiati sunt ei, quo snon so lumsfl

‘

fi git, sed etiam ipsos oppressit. Hadramsti reliques ex fuga collégit, novis delectibns paucisdiebus multos centraxit.VII . Q unm in apparande acerrims esset occupatus,

Carthaginiensss bellum cum Romania compo susrunt.Ills nihilo sscius exercitui po stea prasfnit, rosque inAfrica gsssit, itsmqne Mago

,frater ojus, usque ad P.

S nlpicinm C. A urelium consules.

1 His enimmagistratibns’ legati Carthaginiensss Romam vsnorunt

, qni

sonatui populoqns Romano gratias agsrsnt,“qnod cum

his“pacemfscissent,cob eamque remcorona

“anrsa oo s

donsrent,simulqus poterent, ut ebsldes serum“Fre

gellis essent, captiviquo reddsrsntur. His ex ssnatus

censulte‘ responsum est :mnnus serum gratnm scooptumqns esse ; obsidss

, qno loco“

rogarsnt,’ futures3

captives non remissuro s,

“qnod Hannibalsm, cnjus

opera susceptnm bellum forst,f inimicissimnm nomini

Romano , etiam nunc cum imperio apnd exercitumhabersnt, itsmqne fratrem ejus Magonem. Hoe rs

sponso Carthaginiensss cognite Hannibalom" demumMagonemque revocarunt. Hue nt rsdiit,

’ praeter“factus est

, postquam rex9 fuers t

,anne secundo st vices

imo . Ut enim Romae consulss, sic Carthagine quot

0

4275, 111.0 4254, 5.

0

4 255, 8.0 4249, I I . N .

1 4255, 2 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

168 HANNIBA L .

ylis‘ do summa imperii dimicasset. Q nsm" stsi multa

stulte conari v idebat, tamen nulls“ dessruit in re .

Prasfuit paucis nav ibus, qnas ex Syria jussas erat in

Asiam ducors, hisque‘

adversus Rhodiornm classsmin Pamphylie mari conflixit. Q ue“ cum multitudineadversariorum sui superarentur, ipse, qno oornu rem

gsssit, fuit superior.

IX. A ntiocho fngatel versus no dedsretur, qnod sins

dubio accidissst, si sui f ocisset potestatem, Cretam‘

ad G ortynios venit, ut ibi, qno so conferret, considerarst. Vidit autem v ir’ omnium callidissimns magnoso fore periculo ,“nisi quid providissst, propter avaritiamCretensinm. Magnamenimsecum pecuniamportabat

,do qua sciebat exisss faman . I taqns capit tale

consilium. Amphliras complnrss complst plumbo , snmmas“opé rit auro st argento . Has prassentibus principibus dep6nit in temple Dianne, simiilans so snas

fortiinas illornmfidsi crodsrs . His in errersminductisstatnas asnsas, quas secumportabat, omni sua pseuniacomplst, sasqno in propatiilo domi abjicit.

‘ G ortynii

templum magna eura custodinnt, non tam a csteris,

quam ab Hannibals , no ills inscisntibns his‘ to llsret

secumqne ducsret.“

X . S ic conservatis suis rebus Posnns, illusis Cretensibns omnibus, ad Prusiamin Pontuml psrv é nit. Apudquemeodemanimo fuit srga I taliam,

nsqne aliud quidquam ogit, quam regem armav it st exercnit adversusRomanos. Quemcumviderst domosticis opibus minus

z

esse robustum,coneiliabat cstsros reges

,adjungsbat

L . v . 1 . Q 249, I II . R . Q 237, R. 5 (b).4Q 211 , R. 6

lastpart. Q 208, 6 see VII . 8 and 4.

HA NNIBA L . 169

bellieosas nationes. Dissidsbat ab so Pergamenus rex

Eumenes, Romanis amicissimus, bellumque inter eos

gerebatur st mari st tsrra qno“magis cupisbat sum

“

Hannibal opprlmi. S ed ntreblqus Eumenes plus valebat propter Romanorum societatsm; quem“si removiasst,

‘ faciliora sibi eetsra fore arbitrabatur. Ad huncinterficisndnmtaleminiit rationem. Classe paucis disbus orant docrsturi. S npsrabatur nav iummultitudine ;do le“ erat pugnandum, qnnm par non esset armis.

"l

Impsravit quam plurimas v snenatas serpentes vivas‘

co lligi, sasquo in vasa fictilia cenjici. Harum cumsfl

'

ecissst magnammultitudinem,die ipso , qno facturus

erat navale preslium, classiarios eonvbcat, hisque praecipit, omnes“ut in un

'

am E nmsnis regis concurrent

navsm,a cetsris tantum“satis habsant se defenders.

Id’ illes facile serpentinm multitudine consecutures.

Rex antsm in qua nav e v eherstur, ut scirent, so factu

rum. Quemsi ant cspisssnt,cant intsrfscissent, magno

his“po llicetnr prasmio fore.

XI. Tali cohortations militumfacts elassis ab utria

qus' in p reslium doducitur. Q uarum

.

lacio constitnta,

priusquamsignumpngnae darstur,’Hannibal, nt palam

faceret suis, qno loco Eumenes esset,tabellarium in

scapha cumcaduceo mittit. Q ui ubi ad naves adversariorumpervenit, spisto lamqus o stsndens so regemprofessus est quaerere, statimad E umsnsm dsdnctus est,

quod nomo dubitabat,“aliquid do pace esse scriptum.

T absllarins, dneis nave declarata suis, eodem,undo

erat sgressus, so rscepit. A t Eumenes soluta spistbla

0 4255, n. 15 WIN . 7. 0 4255, 2, a. 4.0 L . v . 1 .

0 4210, n. 1 .c 1v . 8.

170 HA NNIBA L.

nihil in ca rep§rit, nisi qnod ad irridsndum sum per

tinsret.“ Cujns“stsi causammirabatnr, neqne repsrio

batur, tamen presliumstatimcommitters non dubitav it .

Horum in cencursu Bithynii Hannibalis praecepto

universi nav sm Enmsnis adoriuntur. Quorum v imrex cum sustinsro non posset, fuga salutsm petiit ;

quam eensscntns non esset,nisi

‘

intra sua praesidiaso rscepisset, qnae in proximo litbre orant co llocata.

Reliquae Pergamenes naves cum adversaries pre

meront serins, repente in one vasa fictilia,do quibus

supra mentionemfecimus, conjici co spta sunt.

‘ Quaejacta“ initio risum pugnantibus

“concitarunt, neque,

quars id fisret, potsrat intelligi. Postqnam autemnaves completas conspsxsrunt serpentibns,

‘nova re

pertsrriti, cum,quid potissimum v itarent non v ide

rent, pnppes verterunt, ssqno ad sua castra nautica

retulernnt. S ic Hannibal consilio arms Pergnorum superavit, nequo tum solum,

sod saepe alias

pedestribns cepiis pari prudentia pspiilit"adversaries.

XII . Quae dum in Asia geruntur, aeeidit casu, ut

legati Prusiasl Romas apnd L . Q uintinm Flamininnmconsularem co onarsnt, atque ibi do Hannibals mentions facta ex his unus dicsret sum in Prusias regnoesse. Id po stere dis Flamininus sonatui de tulit.

Patres conscripti, qui Hannibals vivo ‘numqnam so

sine insidiis futuro s existimarsnt,’ lsgates in Bithyniammissrunt, in his Flamininnm

,

“qui ab rege poterent,

no inimicissimnm suum“ secum haberet, siblqns dod

erst. His Prusias negare ansns non est ; illnd recu

0 4254, 7. Wil l . 7. 0 L . v . 1.0 4524, 25.

0 L . xxix. 5.

1 4254 8.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

172 HANN IBAL.

belli gesta multi msmorias prodidsrunt ; sedloex his

due, qui cum so in castrie fuerunt simulqus v ixerunt,

qnamdin fortuna passa est, Silenus, st S osl lus Lacedaemonius. Atque hoc Sesile Hannibal literarumG raecarum usus est doctors.

“ S ed nos tempus est

hujus libri facere finem, st Romanerumsxplicars

psratores, qno faeilius co llatis utrorumqus factis, quiviri praefsrsndi sint, possit judieari.

“1 245 11071 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

176 New s N

LES SON V.

1 An emphatic w ord, in Latin, is placed out o f its usual position,

and especially at the beginning or end o f the sentence. What isthe subject ?

LES SON VI .

1 Translate: his servant. The possessive pronoun is seldomex

pressed (in Latin), w hen there can be no doubt as to w hose the thing

is.

” — Annor.n. What is usually the position of the objective geni

tive ? What tw o w ays o f translating this have been learned !

What dif srence betw een them! Q 267, R. 2.

LE S SON VII .

1 Distinguish betw een the subjactive and the objsctivs genitive.

’Why is it unnecessary to translate “our

”? When should the im

p erf ect be used ? S ee L. ii. 1 .

LnssoN vm.

1What cases of neuter nouns are alw ays alike ? Q 40, 8.

LE S SON IX.

1 When the governing substantive has an adjective w ith it, the

order is generally edi. , gen. , subs.

” — Annonn. The antithetical ,

or contrasted, w ords may stand next to each other, or as far apart

as possible.

LES SON X.

1 Remember that the atfisctiv s precedes , if emphatic. Q 279, 7. S o ,“ Serviprosperos dominos amaverunt,

”implies that the servants loved

their masters because they w ere prosperous. In translating, put

“ w retched master ”after “

ears .

”Is “man ” in the subj ective or

Westies genitive? What is the po sition o f the genitiv e, according as

it is subjective or objective, and no t emphatic ? Q 279, 10, R.

rnn nxnncrsns. 177

LE S SON XI I .

1 S um is emphatic w hen it heads the sentence. Supply the

omitted w ord. Q 2I 1, R. 8 Literally, are of . S ee N. 2.

LE S SON XIII .

1 Q 210, R. 1 .“Sum, as the mere logical copula, stands either

betw een the subjset and predicate, or after themboth.

” — Annex.e .

L onga agrees w ith w hat w ord understood? Observe the same inregard to other predicates.

3Translate fuit as if it w ere faisset.

Q 259, R. 8 (b). Also , translate est as if it w ere esset. Q 259, R. 4

1Which is the sulp°ective, and w hich the objective, genitive ? What isthe usual arrangement w hen both modify the same w ord ? Q 279,10, Rnu . pulchrum, as w ell as benumandmalam(see L. xiii. w ith

many other afiectives, may be used substantively in the neuter gen

der. Q 2O5, R. 7 Why should w e prefer this arrangement tothe other, via a Musa amica ? Q 279, 18.

‘S hould,’after

‘that,’ is to be translated by the present infinitive, w hen it does not

express either duty or a future ev ent.” — Annone .

LES SON XV.

l Do is partially defective in the passive. Q 188, R. 2 . Let

Latin dativss after verba dari, and veniamdari, be rendered by Eng

lish nominativss. The pupil should practice translating both literally

andf reely, as an exercise o f great utility. Translate either,“that

a friend should be pardoned,”or,

“for a friend to be pardoned.

”

Why is pulchrumneuter ? S ee N. 8.‘For,

’before a substantive

or pronoun follow ed by the infinitive, is not to be translated. The

construction is the accusative w ith the infinitive.

”Amen ).

5 “Friends ” must of course be in the dative case. S ee N. 2 and 8.

If the action expressed by the dependentverb is regarded as com

p leted bef ore the action expressed by the principal v erb , put the for

mer in the perfect infinitive, but in the present if existing at the sametime w ith the other. Q 268, 2.

178 Non e re

The expression periphrastic conjugation is somew hat obj setienable. It is used in the grammar to denote a series of w ound

tenses . But “amatus sum” is as truly periphrastic as “amatums

sum,

”or

“amandus sum.

” Where the verb has no simple forms,produced fromits root by adding certain terminations, the lack is

supplied by the use of a participle or supine w ith an auxiliary v erb ,

mmor so . Such a compound f orm is termed “periphrastic.

”It is

perhaps more convenient, in describing the Latin v erb , to place

these particip ial fittures by themselv es, but they hardly have an ex

clusive right to be called periphrastic.

”

l Is this eass te bs referrod to Q 225, I II . , or to Q 228 ? ’est and

aunt are o ften omitted w ith predicate adjectiv es and in compoundtenses. “dando fiat,

“ought to have been,”or “ should have been,

”

etc. Q 259, R. 8 (c). The ablativemay be used to distinguish theagent from the dative object. Q 225, II I . R. 2.

5 Q 274, 3 (a)amati, “

w ho w ere loved.

”Bonos amari is the subject o f narra

tur, as a nominative, by Q 202 , III . 5, R. 8. What is the gender andcase of pulchrum? Q 210, R. 1 .

7The future active participle maybe variously translated by

“ intending to ,”

going to ,” “

about to ,

etc. 0 The future passive participle may be translated by deserv e

to be,” “

should be,” “

ought to be,”etc. The beginner should care

fully practics these phrases. What is the subject of “it is a good

thing” ?

LESSON XVII .

The third personal pronoun must be translated by the proper case

o f sui, w henever it refers to the subject o f the sentence. I f it refers

to some other person or thing, use is instead of sui.

T he possessive pronoun o f the third person is expressed in like

manner by w as agreeing w ith the person or thing possessed, if the

possessor is the subjset of the sentence. But if some other person

or thing'

is the subject, use the genitiv e of is instead of cans.

1 4211 B, 8 Translate; “ It is characteristic o f a cunning

servan Veniam datam is the subject of bonumesse, by Q 239 ,R. 4, and Veniam datambonamesse the object o f narrant, by Q 229 ,R. 5. Compare L. xvi. 6. Literally, pardon ought to have been

given to you.

” S ee L. xv . 2, and xv i. 8. Which is the subj ective

genitiv e, and w hich the obj ective2

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

180 non e 1 0

and delendis ? Q 274, R. 5 (a). 1 Translate: “w hich ought to be

destroyed.

”850 N. l .

1 Perf . pass. imperative. Q 267, R. 2 .

1 Put. inf . Would and should, after a past tense, are future f orms .

— Aus er.n.1 That is, in Latin, “that they are a care to us.

1 Their and them refer to the sulg’

ect,“children.

”

Q 208.1 The

scho lar should, for practice, translate such examples both in the

gerund and gerundiv s. See L. xix. 1 .

LES SON XXIII .

1 Videor delevisse,“ I seem (to myself ) to have destroyed, or,

“ I

think I have destroyed.

”

Q 27l , R. 2 ; Q 272, R. 6.1 Q 184 (a),

Q 209 , R. 3 Videtur is not a real impersonal verb , for exampleso f w hich see Lesson lii. , but an active v erb used impersonally, that is ,w ithout apersonal subject. The subjset is the clause Te detetaram.

S ee L. xv i. 6.1 G ive the same in the personal construction, that is,

make w ar”the subject. 1 Videri, as an impersonal , o f ten means

“ to seemgood.

” 1Which of these pronouns is the reflecive Q 208,8 (a).

LE S SON XXIV.

1 Q 247, R. 2. Translate causa, in such a connection,“ for the

sake o f , or“on account o f ,

”and alw ays put it after the genitive.

1 Verbi causa signifies“ for example,

”and must no t stand at the

beginning o f the sentence.1 What is the difi'

erence betw een sum

and flci in compound tenses ? Q 162, 12 ( l ). 1What is the difi‘

sr

once in the use of vestri and vestrum? Q 212, R. 2 , N. 2.1 tibi

bone,“advantageous to you ;

” literally,“ for good to you. Q 227,

R. 8.1 A udio occasionally signifies

“to obey,” “to hearken to , and,

in this signification, takes either the dative or accusative. Q 228, R.

2.1 In such expressions as

“ there hav e been w ars,” “it is good to

be praised,”there and it aremerely the grammatical representativ es

of the proper subjects, w ars and to be praised, and have no Latin

equivalents .1 “books

” is the subject. S ee L. xvi. 8.

LE S SON XXV.

1 Q 249, II . Translate: in my opinion .1 Translate on

account of having pardoned you.

” What is it literally ? What difference betw een the perfect and future participles ? Q 274, R. 5 (a).

rnn nxnnersns. 181

1 Q 257, and N. I Translate either, Your opinion having been

related to us, or,“w hen your opinion had been,

”etc.

1 T o express

themeans , is the gerund or gerundiv o more frequently used ? Q 275,R. 4, N. 2. What is the difi'

erencs betw een venia data and venia

dando ? S ee L. xxu . 2 .5 Translate: “

w e had the intention to

w arn you,”

or,“w e w ould have w arned you.

”

Q 259, R. 3 (c).

LE S SON XXVI .

1 Translate by a clause. S ee L . xxv . g.1Which of these partici

ples (in this sentence and the next) is in the ablative abso lute, and

w hich is the gerundive Q 257, R. 2.5 The subject o f the infinitiv e

being omitted, the participle agrees w ith the subject o f the principalv erb , by Q 210, R. 1 .

1 Placed at the end (Q 279, 16, N . for

emphasis, out of its usual position (Q 279, l l ). 5 In this reversed

order (Q 279, 10) the oblique case is emphatic.1What three w ays

o f translating“our friends ” here ? Q 205, R. 7( l ); Q 207, R. 86

(c). 1 Should this be the present or p erf ect infinitiv e ? Q 268, 2.

Compare L . xv . 6.1 How is “

should to be translated, if it denotes

duty or propriety ? Q 274, R. 8 (a). How , if it denotes p ossibility ?

Q 260, II .1 L iterally,

“their stories having been praised by us.

Q 257, and L. xxv . 2 .

LE S SON XXVII .

1 Does ea refer to puella or f abula Q 248, 1 .1 Translate by a

clause w ith the active v oice. Compare L. xxii. 3.5 Use the reflex

ives, though referring to difi'

ersnt subjects. S ee Q 208 (e), fine

print.1 Q 272, R. 2. The other that is the pronoun.

5 Literally,w hen your opinion had been heard by us, w e felt that you ought to

be praised by us.

”

Q 257, R. 5.

LE S SON XXVII I .

1 Is themto be translated, referring, as it does to the object o f the

preceding sentence ? Q 229 , R. 4 1 Or,“w hen she had heard

our story.

”

Q 257, N. l .1 Literally, “a good cause seemed to be

to ns.

182 Norns ro

LE S SON XXIX.

1 This ablative denotes both time and means. Q 253; Q 247, 3.

1 The noun to be understood w ith the possessive used alone varies

according to the connection ; as,“our men,

” “our friends,

” “our

so ldiers,”etc. Q 205, R. 7, N. 1 and 2.

5 Q 257, R. 7. The ablativ e

abso lute here denotes the condition, if the w ar be prosperous.

”

LES SON XXX.

1Would a nobis be correct ? 1 Notice the difi‘

srones in quantity

betw een the present and the future. Q 282, 1 ; Q 290 (b), l .1 Men

tion the various phrases by w hich the ablative abso lutemay be translated in English.

1 The object is not repeated. Q R. 4, 2.

LE S SON XXXI .

1Why is the object omitted ? 1 Q 214. Magni or parvi f acere sig

nifies “ I think much or little o f ," “I esteem highly or msanly ;

literally,“I make o f great or little consequence.

” 1 Q 273, N. 3.

Translate “suppose

”

or“ imagine.

” 1 L iterally,“have made

many w ords.

” 5 Literally,“on account o f the bad servants to be

scourged.

” 1 The neuter p lural , w ithout a substantive, is generally

used in Latin, w here w e use the singular.— AnN0 1.n. S ee Q 2O5, R.

7 1 For, signifying“ for the sake o f ,

” may be translated by

causa w ith the genitive.1 What tw o w ays o f expressing this ? S ee

N. 3, and L. viii. b.1 How are antithetical w ords to be arranged ?

LE S SON XXXII .

1 “Will be seized and put to death.” The Latin uses a participle

and v erb , w here in English w e use tw o v erbs connected by and.

1 How can the agent be distinguished from the dative object ? L.

xv i. 4.1 Facio hers signifies

“to represent. Q 278, N. 3.1 Use

the present infinitive, because the tw o actions w ere done at the sametime. Q 268, 2.

5 Use the p erf ect w henever the action is conceiv ed

asp erf ected, or completed ; but if the action is still in progress, use

thepresent. Q 145, N. 3.1 Put the participle last. 1 Literally,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

184 nou s TO

past tense, an imperf ect or perf ect the p erf ect participle, in like manner, by a perf ect or a p luperf ect. 1 L audantis agrees w ith tui impliedin tua. Q 206, R. 13 (a). 1 S entire here means “ to agree.

” 1 L ite

rally, frommany causes.

” 1 those w ho agree the agreeing.

LE S SON XL .

1 Q 122, R. L Very many similar examples occur hereafter.

1 The superlative o f bonus may ofien be rendered by excellent.”

1 “Very much.

”S ee L. xxxviii. l .

1 Literally.

“makes you o f

v ery much S ee L. xxxi. 2.1 Literally, “Very

many friends seem to be to us.

” 1 Insert “so ldiers after the first

w ord o f the sentence, the adjective. Q 279, 2 (d). 7Translate bythe superlative o f amicus, w ith w hich tuus w ill agree. Q 205, R. 7

LES SON XL I .

1 Q 256, R. 1 . Supply w hat w ord ? 1 Q 256, R. 16 Multis

partibus andmulta are nearlyequivalent terms.1 Q 250, 1 . In ref

erence to a person, or anything not compo sed o f distinct p arts, use

parte, otherw ise, partibus.1 Translate: I agree w ith you in mo st

(or very many)things.

”S ee L. xxxv ii. 3.

1 For the various sigui

fications o f the passive of f acio , see L. xxxn .1 L iterally,

“makeus o f less consequence.

” S ee L. xxxi. 2 .1 E ither dc or ea:may be

used, but notpro .1 What is the subject o f

“ it had seemed good”?

Compare L. xxiii. 2, and L. xxiv . 7.1 Q 273, N. 3.

“A s”cannot

be translated.

LE S SON XLII .

1 has. Q 2IB R. l .1 “ of , in such expressions as

“this of mine,“this o f ours, etc. , cannot be translated.

1 S ince “w ere praising

refers to the same time as the principal v erb , it requires the present

participle. S ee L. xxxix . 2 .1 [psi agrees w ith the omitted subject,

LES SON XLII I .

1 “did not talk at a What is the literal translation ? 1 The

participle denotes the condition.1 One is to be translated by unus

rnn sn acrsns. 185

only w hen number is to be definitely expressed, and otherw ise is

o ften untranslated. In such expressions as this one, that one, someone, ete. w hen not eapressly denoting number, one is untranslatable

by itself , and the Latin uses simply hie, ille, etc.1 nullampartsm, or

nulla ee parte.1 Use dc. Q 21 1 , R. 2

LE S SON XLIV.

1 A or ab o ften signifies“on.

” 1 “Superior.

” 1 Q 235Translate:“tow ard the right,

”etc.

1 Supply virgie.1 With w hat

w ord understood does the adjectiv e agree ? Compare L. xliii. b.

1 Ucedo signifies“ to cut to pieces.

” 7Fat. part. act.1 Use the com

parative here, as meaning the left rather than the right. Q 122 , 5.

1 The participle w ill agree w ith “he.

” 1° A sinistra:p arte is under

stood. Q 205, R. 7. 11 Amans w ith a genitive also signifies“de

v oted to .

LE S SON XLV.

1 “in the w orld ;” literally,

“o f (all) things.

” 1 Q 257, R. 7. The

ablative absolute here denotes the time.1 Objective genitiv e. Q 211 ,

R. 12 .1 S ee L. xxxi. 2. Should this be in the present or perfect

infinitiv e ? Q 268, 2. S ee L . xxxii. 4, and xv . 6.1 Us and bo th are

in the same case. Q 212, R. 2 1 Mention various phrases

already given by w hich the Latin participle may be rendered in

LE S SON XLVI .

1 “w onderful .

”

Q 162, 17 (b). 1 “because he did ev erything.

Q 274 N. 2 .1 “although doing.

” 1 The ablative abso lute here

denotes either the time (L. xlv . or the condition (L. xxix .

1 Omnia mea. Q 205, R. 7 1 “T o give much advice”is “ to

remind (of ) many things.

” 7A udito . Q 257, R. 8. A ndito here

agrees w ith the clause fo llow ing, and is in the neuter gender. Q 205,R. 8.

1 Translate both by the present participle (Q 274 N .

and by the perfect participle ( Q1 That is, “ if they confess

”

(L. xliii. pres. part.11 Literally , “ it must he confessed by us.

11 Literally,“w ondering.

”

Q 274, R. 2 (b).

186 norss ro

1 Translate:“have in you a good master. Q 245, N.1 “more

LES SON XLVIII .1 S upply in English,

“to speak to .

” 1 Q 260, R. 4. Velim, Ishould be w illing or like ; N olim, I should be unw illing or dislike ;

Malina, I should prefer or I w ould rather, —referring to w hat is

p ossible.1 Q 260, R. 2 . Vellem, I could w ish ; N ollem, I could w ish,

follow ed by a negative clause ; Mallets , I w ould rather,— referring to

w hat is no t realized, expected or p ossible.1 “

w ay.

” 1 “although the

soldiers,”

etc.1 The insertion o f the pronoun is Optional ; w hy

1 Supply dare.1 S upply f acere.

1 The participle here deno tes the

means . In the examples already adduced, it has been employed to

express time, cause, condition, concession, or purpose.11 If “self

"

is emphatic, the adjunctiv e is used. Q 135, R. 1 .11 Translate in

three difi‘

erent w ays. S ee Note e.11p lurimum.

11 Use de. Q 218R. 1 .

11 Literally, “I should be unw illing that it had been done.

11 S ec N. 1 . Literally,“w e w ould like you w ith tw o w ords .

”

LE S SON XLIX.

1 Mellow .

” 1 The future infinitive passive w ith iri denotes that

the event is to happen presently.1 Plural , because the suly

'

ect is

plural.1 Use f eri, not esse.

LES SON L.

1 The participle denotes either the cause or the condition.1 S entire

w ith an adverb signifies“to be disposed

”w ell , ill , etc.

1 Like the

E nglish,“a good many.

” 1 S ententiis latis , or sententias f erentes .

1 i.s.

“body o f troops.

” 1 Literally,“ to feel most friendlily about

you.

” 1 Uti, literally to use, signifies“to live w it and accord

ingly takes various adverbs of manner and degree ; as, amiee uti,“to live amicably w ith ;

”ameuter uti,

“to live lovingly w ith ;”

multum, p lus, p lurimum uti,“to live intimately, more, most or very

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

188 s ou s ro

w hether,”and does not require a negative answ er. N onnemeans

w hether not, and requires anW e answ er.1proper

questions ;” literally,

“pr0per to be asked.

” 1 “How ? literally ,“o f w hat kind?

” 1With w hat does the adjective agree ? Q 205,R. 6.

11 Gui does not agree w ith bone. S ee L. xxiv . 5.11 Q 137, l .

Q uia, how ever, may be used f or gui, w ith a noun fo llow ing in appo

sition.11When “w hat ” means “how great,

”or refers to magnitude,

quantus should be used.11 A blative w ith es . Q 231 , R. 4.

11p ar

»

tem.11 Literally,

“What I may do .

” 11 Translate both by op ortet,

and by Q 162, 15, R. 5.

LE S SON LIV.

1 The present of the verb to go has in many languages afi tture signification.

1 E ither ablative or nominativ e. Rules 1 Supply w hat

is omitted. S ee also Note 7. 1 In w hat tw o cases may nobis be put ?Rules ? 1 Literally, Induced by w hat hope did you leave.

” 1 Literally,

1"asking.

” Rule f or the use o f the participle ?1 The respan

sive w ord must be in the same case as the interrogative. S ee Q 204,R. 11 .

1 L iterally,“ to be destroyed.

”S ee L. xxv i. j .

1 I f the

p erf ect infinitive, in English, follow s ought, could, ormight ; ought, etc. ,

must be put in the perfect in L atin, and the p resent infinitiv e w ill

follow , if both verbs refer to the same time. S ee L. lii. 3.11 Does

this tense express an action going on or coup leted1

LE S SON LV.

1 Q 209, R. 12 This is not alw ays so. 1Would nostrum be

allow able here ? Q 212, R. 2 1 E tiam has often an afi rmativ esense in resp onses , like the English

“ev en so ,

”andmay be translated

by“yes.

” 1 amare is the subject. Q 269, largeprint Q 273, N. 9 (c).1 “Be so good as to bring me ;

”literally,

“bring me (and) I w illlove you .

” 1 Translate: hav ing accomplished as long marches as

possible ; literally,“as great as he could.

”

Q I Z 7, 4.1 ac non

signifies“and not rather.

” 1 In English, courtesy requires us to

put I last ; the Romans put it first. 1 The rules for the connection

of tenses need repeated study. S ee L . liii.* 1° Literally, for your

(sake)and not rather for the sake of a 11 Literally, “to w arn.

”

S ee N. 4.11Why is it unnecessary to translate “him”

? 11 Translate both w ays, inserting and omitting possum more literally, as

many as you can.

” S ee N. 6.

run am amus. 189

1 The first and second personal pronouns are to be expressed, even

w hen tw o actions o f the same person are contrasted. Q 209 , R. 1 (b).1 Equivalent to nonne sensisti. Q 198, 11, R. (c). 1 S ee L. xiii. 2.

fuerit stands for fl it. L. liii. 2.1 “Do

”stands in place o f the

principal verb, w hich is to be expressed in Latin. Compare L. li. 1 .

1 Or, great.” 1 Supply partem. S ee L. xliv . 8.

1 Literally,“ w ould like you to have been reminded. S ee N. c. 1 Literally,“you seemto yourself to have done.

” S ee L. xxiii. 1 .

LE S SON LVII .

1 More emphatic than no let. 1 “daily ; literally,“upon ev ery

day.

” 1Why is not the ablativ e j o ined w ith cum? Q 247, 2 , fine

print.1 S upply the w ords omitted.

1 nequc tamen, “and yet not.

”

em for f un: Q 259, R. 3 (c). S ee L. lvi. 3.1 Does this imply

that the thing is so , or not so ? What tense is then required ?

1 Express in tw o w ays,-w ith si, and w ith a participle. L. liv . 6.

Practise this interchange in other sentences. Q 261 , R. 4.1 Lite

rally, w arning.

” Rule for the use o f the participle ?1° E xpress

in tw o w ays. Q 243, and Q 210, R. 5. For the tense see N. f .11 E xpress in tw o w ays. Q 256, 1 and 2.

11 When both actions refer

to the same time, both must be in the future, in Latin, if either is ;

but the onefirst comp leted, in the futurep erf ect. See N. a.11 Plural.

LE S SON LVI II .

1What is omitted ? Why ? 1 What construction ismore common ?Q 276, I II . R. 4 (b). 1 Vel here signifies

“even.

”

Q 198, 2 , R. (a);Q 127, 4.

1 Supply hominem. S ee Vocasum v .1 Literally, “your

father, w hether w illing or unw illing.

”

Q 257. 1 neu.1 Literally,

“w hat o f good.

”

Q 212, R. 8 (b).1 L iterally,

“for your and your

sister’s sake.

”

LE S SON L IX.

1 I f a negative consequence is to be expressed, use ut nullus but if

a negative purp ose, use ne ullus. S ee L. lxii. ullus. 1 Q 137, R. 2 .

The ablative qui signifies“how .

” 1 Does this tense show that the

190 acres ro

leading verb is in the perfect definite or ism } See L liii. ’

1 Does this tense denote complete or incomplete action ? 1 Id agere

at signifies“to design,

”o r

“to aim at.”S ee Q 207, R. 22, last

part.1 “The Infinitive never expresses a purp ose in prose La

—Aas onn. Use at or as w ith the subjunctive instead.1 E xpress

the purpoee in asmany w ays as have been learned. Q 276, II . R. 4.

Mesa.1What tw o cases are allow able ? Q 205, R. 6.

11 Q 210, R.

5. Literally, w hethermore things are needful.”

LE S SON LX.

1With w hat omitted w ord does qui agree ?1ques is the object o f

dederit. Q 229 .1 Sunt qui,

“ there are some w ho: alw ays w ith the

sub‘

unctive. Q 264, 6.1 Q 264, 7. What could be substituted f or

qui non? Q 262, R. 10 ( l ). 1 E st unde,“there are means by

w hich. Q 264, 6, R. 3.1 Q 264, 5. The imperf ect, daret, sho w s

that the preceding verb is in w hat tense ? S ee L. lix. 3.1 The

subject is bellumunderstood.1 Q 264, 8. quad sciam, “

as far as I

kno w .

” 1 Fieri non p o test quin,“it cannot be that not.

” 11 Q uid

causae, w hat reason ?” S ee L . lv iii. 7. 11

quae is equivalent to et

haee.

11 The relative is equivalent to ut haee. Q 264, 4, R. 1 .11 Or,

w hich city is far themo st beautiful ,”etc.

11 Q 262, R. 7. us nequc

sibi, nee mihi, etc.11 “

w ho”agrees w ith both subjects. S ee N. d.

11 Literally, “w hich he should carry.

” S ee L. lix . 6, and N. 6,

abov e.11 Q 205, R. 7 Literally,

“(those) things w hich.

”

The follow ing v erb is by Q 264, 7. 11 Literally, “he should giv e.

11 Literally, “greater than to w homI amable to profit much.

”800

N. 12.11 Or,

“w ho .

” S ee N. h.

11 What is the subject of “ is ” ?

11 Literally, “shall hav e come.

” S ee L. lvii. 12. 11 omnia tua.

11quad sibi licitumfil er-it. S ee N. 8.

LE S SON LXI .

1quantum agrees w ith urbem understood, subject of an omitted

esse. Q 206 (b). 1 Q uad si,“if then.

”

Q 206 1quales is

predicate nominative afi er videbantur, agreeing w ith A thenas under

sto od. Q 2OB(21 tamp ulchra quamquaepulchcrrirna, as beautiful as

anything could literally, as (those)w hich (seemed)most beautiful .”

1 S upply w hat w ords S ee N. 1 .1 Is this the futureperfect or perfect

subjunctiv e ? L. lv ii. a.1 The ablative absolute here expresses w hat

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

N OT E S

T O THE RE A DIN G L E S SONS.

Bal sam— The conv ersational style is distinguished by the fro

quency o f ellip sis. It w ill be a profitable exercise for the scho lar to

accustomhimself to supply these omissions as o ften as they occur, so

as to make each sentence o f the Latin logically complete by itself .

DIALOGUE S .

1 The subjunctive is to be used in questions imflying doubt orsurprise. Q 260, R. 5.

1What is the distinction betw een quando and

quum S ee Vocanunanr.

1 Fromquinam, not ” uncut, because it agrees w ith ady’

umenta un

dersto od ; quinam is the adjective pronoun, w hile quisnamis the substantive. 1 “Thosematerials of yours, ” i.s. “

w hich you w ant.”

Q 207,R. 25.

1 w ith gratitude.

” The attribute is used instead of an

adverbial object denoting the cause. Q 205, R. 15.

192

DI A LOGUE S .

throughout, and not, as in E nglish, expressed only betw een the last

tw o of the series. The enclitic -que, how ever, is an exception.

Q 278, R. 6 (b).

1Why future perf ect1 Q 259, R. 2.1punctum quad dirimit,

“the half-hour po int.” Translate the same literally.

1 Q 228, R. 2.

fidemhabeo = fido .1 Home — praeteriisse,

“That it w as just quarter to nine.

” Translate the same literally.1 “T o each other.

”

Q 285, R. 2.1 Fae sis,

“Endeav or to be.

”

Q 262, R. 4 ; Q 267, R. 8.

1Why is the tense fieturs, instead o f present, as in English ? L.

lvu . 12.1 Instead o f corpus w e might have corp ora, as more than

one person is referred to .1Why notpresent tense ? Q 259, R. 3 (b).

On the tense of dicere, sec L. lii. 3.1 N on modifies dcbebas under

1 From quis, or qui ? Q 137, 1 .1 Rule for the genitiv e ? 1 The

adjective is the predicate accusativ e. Q 230.1 [etc is used here

contemptuously. Q 207, R. 25.1 What other construction o f utilis

is quite common ? Q 222 , R. 4 1 The dativ es in this sentence

depend on op eramdo understood.1 Q 207, R. 88 (a). Translate by

the indefinite article.1 L ingua F. is the subject of orta est. “The

interrogative sometimes yields the first place to an emphatic notion.

”

—A nxonn.1 Supply w hat? 11 nequc do ceas,

“ for you w ould

almost teach me.

” Translate the same literally. The subject o f

chest is me daccas, etc. What is redundant in quinme deccas Q 262 ,N. 7.

11 Express this request in other phrases. Q 267, R. 8.

11Why neuter? 11Which construction is more frequently used to

express the meam—the gerund, or the gerundive ? 11 Supply tal is.

S ee L. lxi.

194 acres.

1 Q 2l 4. R. 1 . Supply patri tuo constitisti. 1 “w ould reckon, i.s.

“if he should undertake to .

”

Q 261 , R. 4.1Why does Robes-m

precede the interrogative ? D. v i. 8.1 N um is here used, not, as

generally, because a negative answ er is expected, but to express

doubt. 1 N on, in questions, has the sense o f m m, only more forcibly, denoting that the true answ er to be given is perfectly apparent.

1 Supply dicenti before te. Q 270, R. 2 (b). 1 “although.

” 1 “You

have returned like for like,”or, inmore common phrase, “

you have

given tit for tat.”

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

196 acres.

VII . 1 Supply eolebat, w hich in the preceding sentence appears in

composition w ith the negative.

VIII .1 What w ord might be substituted for sed is ? S ee L. Ix.

1

1 missumf actumesse, formissumesse (Q 274, R. 4, last part); missumis the accusative after f actum esse, by Q 210, R. l .

1 The relative

clause very ofien precedes the antecedent clause. This happensw hen the former ismito tic.

IX.1What is the subject? 1 The question, in its direct form, w as

quid eep edit 1 A n interrogative sentence, on becoming either the

subject or object o f a v erb , loses its direct form, and takes the sub

junctivemood. S ee L. liii. 2.1p ascere,

“pasturing, is the subject

o f maxime eep edit understood. The Latin infinitive may oflen be

translated by the English participial in«ing.

1 Neuter accusatives,used as adv erbs, Q 282 modifying esp edit understo od.

1 Q uid,w hich in the preceding queries is nominative, is here an accusative,

like secundum, etc. , and f enerari is the subject o f the implied exp edit.

1 S ubject o f exp edit, as f enerari, abov e.1 Q 162, 12 Fuisse, ho w

ever, does not here denote that w hich no longer existed, but refers,

more distinctiv ely than esse, to p ast time. 1 Plutarch, in his L if e ofCote, relates that Cato never w ere a garment that co stmore than a

hundred drachmae and that a dinner never cost him fromthemarket above thirty uses (about tw enty cents). 1Why does suo ,w hich depends on uti etf rui, stand first ? 11 Rebus is necessary here,

because multis used alone, by Q 205, R. 7 w ould leav e it indefi

nite w hether p ersons or things w ere meant, as the form is the samefor all genders.

X.1 The dative limiting inspuisset, instead of the genitive limiting

f rontem. Q 2I 1 , R. 5 Translate:“When, as he w as pleadinga cause, etc.

1 What other case may follo w a verb compoundedw ith in ? Q 224, and R. 4.

1Why is the neuter f orm used ? 1 S ee

VI . 2. The reader w ill notice the double meaning of as in this pass

age.

1 Supply est. Why neuter ? 1Why in the accusative ?

1 Q 266, 2. Before illos supply dixit. Q 270, R. 2 (b).

XI .1 “although accused.

” 1 “w hen an old man ;” canes is in

apposition w ith is understood. Q 2O4, R. 4.

H ANN IBA L.

[In preparing these notes some assistance has been derived fromthe excellent annotations o f e raanar , w hose edition has been

mainly fo llow ed in the text ]

I .1 The accusative w ith the infinitive is more common than ut

w ith the subjunctiv e after verumest and similar expressions.

1 ante

cedat should be antecedere, in the same construction as p raestitisse.

1co , i.e. p opulo R.

1 What other construction is allow able ? Q 211 ,a. 2 (d).

II .1 The fifth o f that name, king o f Macedonia B.C. 220—179.

1 Surnamed the G reat, king o f Syria B.C. 223—187, and, w hen in theheight of his po w er, ruling most o f Western A sia.

1 Rubrummare,in the early w riters, includes the Indian Ocean as far as then kno w n,

w ith its tw o gulfs, the Red S ea and the Persian G ul f . What w e callthe Red S ea, the ancients denominated the A rabian G ulf. Neposmeans here the Persian Gulf , w hose northern coasts w ere under the

sw ay of Antiochus.1Why does I talias close the sentence ? 1 Cor

rup tumagrees w ith the subject o f sentire, Hannibalsm, w hich is here

transferred to the principal clause, as the object o f adducerent. Q 229,R. 5 (a). Translate:“that they might bring the king to suspect

that H. , etc.1 What is the object ? 1 Tenentem agrees w ith me

understo od, the subject o f jurare. Among the ancients it w as o f thesame import to lay the hand upon the altar in taking an oath, as

among us to lay the hand upon the Bible.1 Notice the emphatic

position of this w ord. L. v . 1 .1 Q 231 . The ace. of the thing is

implied in the preceding.11 bella understood. Nevertheless, A nti

ochus gav e Hannibal no important command.

II I .1 Q 236, N. 8 (c). A t this time, how ev er, B.C. 221 , Hannibal

w as tw enty-six years old.

1 The taking o f S aguntum by Hannibal,

B.C. 218, w hile it w as in alliance w ith Rome, w as the immediatecause of the S econd PunicWar.

1 Translate:“w herefore ;” lite

198 NOTES .

rally,“w hich having been done.

” 1 The real origin o f the name isunkno w n, and the account o f Hercules is fabulous. The route byw hich Hannibal crossed the A lps w as, most probably, that no w

kno w n as the pass of the L ittle S t. Bernard, betw een Sav oy and

Piedmont. 1 The elephants carried to w ers occupied by armed men.

1 During the fivemonths that elapsed during the march fromS painto Italy, Hannibal

’s army w as cut dow n by hardships, battles, and

o ther causes, fromninety thousand feet and tw elve thousand horse,

to tw enty thousand f oot and six thousand horse.

IV.1 The encounter at the Rhone w as an inconsiderable cavalry

fight, in w hich the Romans had the advantage.1 QQ 52, 221 . I f

the env irons o f a place aremeant, together w ith the place itself , theconstruction w ith apud or ad is more common. It w as by the

treachery o f the commander that Hannibal gained po ssession o f

Clastidium, and the second encounter betw een the Romans and Cprthaginians to ok place near the river T icinus .

1 I f tw o individuals

are referred to , the singular is more common than the plural .

1 The ablative here refers both to time and p lace. 1 Centenius w as

prop raetor in this year, and w as acting under the orders o f the o ther

consul, S erv ilius. It w as Maharbal , an o fficer of Hannibal, w ho

defeated him.1 The order o f the subsequent occurrences detailed

in this and the next section is much confused by Nepos. Hannibal

having tarried but a short time in A pulia, being unable to bring theRoman commander, Fabius, to a general action, recrossed the Apen

nines into Campania, w hich he laid w aste. When he w ished to

return into A pulia, he eluded Fabius by the artifice detailed in V .

Next occurred in A pulia the encounter w ith Minucius Then,the overthrow o f Terentias and A emilius at Cannae, B.C. 216, to the

Romans themost disastrous encounter o f the w ar Next, B.C.

212, the fall o f G racchus Then, B.C . 211 , Hannibal’s march

to Rome, to draw ofi‘

the Roman army then besieging Capua, and hisreturn to that city (V .) Finally , the death o f Marcellus, B.C. 208

1 The total loss o f the Romans is variously stated at fromfifty

thousand to eighty thousand.

V .1 urbis depends on montibus , instead o f being in the dative

depending on p rop inquis .1 although a most experienced com

mander.

” 1 dictatorem seems attracted into the accusativ e by the

preceding magistrum. Par commonly gov erns the dativ e, or takes

an ablativ e w ith cum.1 Q 277, R. 1 . A s G racchus fell af ter his

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

200 s ort s.

mopylae, B. C. 191 , he w as defeated by the Romans, under the con

sul M’A oilius G labrio .

1 Q uest is equivalent to illem autem, i.e.

A ntiechum.1 E ither an ablative of place, w here,

”or agreeing

IX.1 A t Magnesia, near Mount S ipylus, in A sia Minor, B. C.

190. The Romans w ere commanded by S cipio surnamed A siaticus,brother o f A fricanus the conqueror o f Hannibal. 1 Q 204. The

subject o f the verb is file understo od.1 S upply w horas . Q 2OB,

R. 17. 1 i. s. as if they w ere w orthless.1 Supplypecuniam

X.1 Prusice w as king of Bithynia.

1 Supply aequo . Q 256, R.

9 (a). 1 et mari et terra is more emphatic than the usual expressionterramarique.

1 hunc w ould hav e been better f or reference to E u

menes, since so above refers to Prusias.1mm modifies def enders.

1 his, as w ell aspraemio , belongs to f ore, by Q 227. Translate:“ that

it should bring thema great rew ard.

”

XI . 1 Q uorum agrees w ith classium understood.1 dae belongs

after mittit. 1 Dubito , signifying to doubt, is in Cicero construed

w ith quin. Q 262, N. 8.1Why not coep erunt f Q 183, l , N . 2 .

1 Translate:“the throw ing o f w hich.

”

Q 274, R. 5 (a). 1 Dativ eafter the verb, instead o f genitive after the noun.

XII .1 More probably it w as by embassadors o f E umenes, seeking

aid o f the Romans in this w ar against Prusine, that the Romansfound out Hannibal . 1 Nepos is again in error here. It w as no t

Lucius but Titus Flamininns, his brother, w ho w as sent on this

embassy.

1 Q 2OS (6) (c), fine p rint. suum refers to p atres , secumto rege.

1 Hannibal is the subject. 1 Probably a young slave .

1quamw ith the proper tense o f salsa, or the construction explained

in Q 256, R. 9 (a), is more common than p . consuetudinem.1 Trans

late: his former noble deeds.

”

XI II .1 Translate: “ in w hose consulship.

”S ee VI I . 2. Rule

for the case ? 1 In full, eummortuum esse. A ccording to A tticus ,

w hose account ismost reliable, Hannibal’s death to ok place B. C. 183.

1 Supply scrip tumreliquit cummortuumesse. The account o f Polybius,

as reported by Nepos, places Hannibal’s death in 182 ; that o f Sulpicius, in 181 ; but, at the most, he could have been only sixty

-six

nu m“ . 201

years old. Sec III . 1 .1 Supply consulibus.

1 Translate:“although

so great a man.

” S ec V. 2.1 Literally,

“and — for,” i.s. “

and

this is apparent, for,”etc. 1 Supply w hat ?

1 Vulao conquered the

the peace w ith Antiochus in the follow ing year. The Rhodians,w ho had helped the Romans in the w ar w ith Antiochus, had con

siderable interest in the terms o f the treaty.1 Hw

’

us refers to Ban

nibal, though it regularly refers to the nearest noun.

the compound 11 Sed here but in par

ticular.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

ABBREVIATIONS.

active. masculine substantiv e.

neuter.

neuter substantiv e.

adjective.

numeral .common gender. obso lete , out of use.

participle.

participial adiective.

genitive.

gerund.

idem, the same.

id eat, that is.

impersonal.inceptive.

indeclinable.

indefinite.

intelieetion.

interrogative. equivalent to.

possessiv e.

preposition.

pronoun.

pronominal adjectiv e .

qnod vide, w hich see .

relativ e.

substantive.

206 acouso— u oo s.

A ocliec, -l re, -l vi, -l tlln to

A ssn, o cris, -cre, “u., sharp , severe, sp irited. L en d .

A csn us,-a,

-um (acer), uti., so ur, bitter, v io lent. A ces-M ir.

Ad m ,-i (strictly p. a., w ith v inum understo od, i.e. so ur w ise), n. a. ,

A cn e, ao ibi, f. s., Q 90, B. l , edge, tins of battle, battle.A cqm sco, Jre, -quibvi, -

qui6tum (ad— quieeco , to rest), v . n. , Q 187, II .

3, to rep ose, to m t, hence, to dis. A ug-lease.Acnin l (seer), adv ., Q 194, 3, sharp ly, actively.

A b , pr., Q 1” , B. 6 ; Q 1“ (a), 2 ; Q 197, 2, to , to w ard, until, aboutunear, at.A nno , Jrs, -dldi, -dItum(ad—do), v . a., to a“ .

Annfico , Jrc, -duxl, -ductum (ad—duco), v . a., to lead to, to induce.

Anno , l (ad— cc), adv ., so f ar, so .

A nno , 2 (ad—ao), v . n., Q 182, R. 3, to go to .

Anm ns o,-ers, -haesi, -haasum (ad— hasteo , to stieb), v . n., to stick to ,

Ammo (ad— huc), adv ., to this p o int, hitherto , still.

Amou nt“ , 4 (f or adiuv amentum, f romadiiiv o , to help ), u. a., Q 102, 4,aid, sssass.

Amu se, Jre, -junxi, -junctum (ad— jungo ), v . a., to join to, to m ass, to

A nulao a, Jri, -l tus (ad—miror), v . a. dep., to w onder at, to all-Ire.

A nou scsm a,-ae (ado lescens, grow ing), f . a., Q 101, 4, youth ; strictly,

ths psriod betw esa ths ags of the puer and ths juvbnis, f ro stlesath to the thirtiethyear.

A nou scnsrfiw s, 4 m. s. dlm., Q 100, 3, a very young stats.

Amazon,-iri, adortus (ad— orior), v . a. dep., to attach.

A nsricxo , -bre, -spexi, -spectum (ad— spacio), v . a., to look at, to beho ld.

Anson, adesse, Jul (ad— sum), v . n., use, to be w ith or near, to staad

Anvmtsanms, -i (strictly edi., f romadversus), m. a., an adv ersary , as

m y.

Ann nsus (p. of adverto , to turn to), pr., Q 195, R. 7, to w ard, against.

A d verse.

Anon-w arm,-bnis f. a., Q 102, 7, building, a building.

A nnmcw l ,-i n. s., Q 103, 2, a building, an edifi ce.

Annu ico , -hre, i vi, -htum(nodes— facio), v . a., to build a house. “ I” .

A nxinms, -i (strictly adj ., the appellation of a Roman gens), m. a.,

A rm s,-a,

-m (ass), edi., Q I” , 1 (a), of copper or bm es.

Anon:(aequus), adv ., is likem ass , equal ly .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

208 m on u — u rm o .

A I ICI'I'IA , -as 1. s., Q 101, 5, f riendship . A n tsy .

A ldous, 1, -a, -um (amo), adj, f riendly, hind, m ; amicissimus,

cancel, w hen spoken of themilitary oath.

A uo , v . a., QQ 155, 155, to lo ss. A-ataa r.

Anon, -bris (amo), m. s., Q 102, 1, love, desire, ej ection. Amarana.Ax rnbna, -ao, f . s., a vessel, usually o f clay, w ith tw o handles or ears a jar.

A l ru v s (asnplus, abundant), adv . comp., store, f urther. The po sitiv e and

superlative agree in meaning w ith the adjective, fromw hich comes

dunes the single question, w ith the signification then, or then.

A im -servant.

A l en a, -ae, t. s., E ngland.

Ancusru a,-arum(angustus, narrow ), f . s., Q 101, 4, a narro w p lace, nar

A ttil a, one, f . s., air, sp irit, life. A nimate.A nnu nv snro , -8re, -verti, -versum (animam— adverts), v . a., to direct

attention to , to inflictpunishment on. A nhmadn rt.

A l is o n, -i, m. s., the soul, ntind, disp o sition, sp irit animo praesenti esse,to havepresence of mind. “ M W.

A nd ras, co (unnm), m. s., an d mo stly in the pL , annals, chronicles

strictly uti., signifying annual, agreeing w ith liber understo od.

Q l 28, 2 (a).An us,

-l, m. s., a year.

A nxuus, -a,-um(annus), adj” yearly, an aal . A na-l iv .

Aura, pr., Q 285, bef ore:ante horam, an hour ago .

A uraci no , -bre, -cessi, -coecum (ante—c ede), v . a. and n., to go bef ore, to

An xbcno s, -i, m. s., A ntio chus, the name o f several kings o f Syria.

Anrlouus, -a,-um(ante), adj ., ancien t. A ntiq ue.

A ssu mes, -i ( Celtic pen, a height), m. s., the A p e-nines.A Pl n'rz (apertns), adv ., Q 194, 2, op enly, p lainly.

A rru l rus, -as (apphro), m. s., Q 102, 7, preparation, p ostp , sp lendor.

A rrl nao , A rc, -ui, o ltum(ad— pares), v . n., to app ear. Am t.

A rrl no , 4 1's,-l vi, -htum(ad— para), v . a., to prepare.

A rrm ,-l re, o l vi, -l tum (ad address, ” nasss or cal l.

n un— sum us. 209

A rmpr” Q 195, B. 5 ; Q 235, at, by, near, w ith, at the house of lA rum ,

-ac, f . s., Ap ulia, a district in the S . E . o f I taly.

A Q UA, -ae, f . s., w ater. A q uatic.

A oubso s, -a,-um (aqua), edi., Q 128, 4, w atery.

A RA , -ae, f . s. , a ltar.

A nsxrnw x,-i (f or arbiterium, f ront arbiter), n. s., Q 100, b, j udgment, sen

tence, w ill. A rb itrary .

A nsirnon, -i ri, -htus (arbiter, a judge), v . a., Q I S7, I. 2, dep. , to judge, to

A n on,-6ris ( o ld f erns arbos), f . s., Q 61, a tree. A rbo r.

A ns on, -5ris (ardeo , to burn), m. s., Q 102, 1, heat, avi an.

A n a,-ae (same root as vacant space around or enclosed

by a building an area, a yard.

A s sert-run, -i, n. a., silver. A rgen t.

A nna, 45mm, n. s., am ; arms infer-te, to w age w ar.

A n n ual-m un,~i (armaments, imp lements), n. s., Q 100, 8, an arsenal,

Ami rus, -i (p. f rost armo ), m. s., an armed stan.

A nuo , -hro, -i vi, -atum(arms), v . a., Q 187, I . 1 (a), to arm, to incite.

A no , -§ rc,Ji v i, i tum, v . a., to p lo ugh, to till the land. A rabia.

A ns, artis, f . s., art. science, stetho d.

A SIA, -ae, f. s. , A sia.

A srsniu s,-i tis (asper, rough), f. s., Q 101, 2, crabbedness, “ parity .

A ssmun (assiduus), adv . Q 194, 5, constantly, . idua-ly .

A r, conj ., but, yet, but on the contrary.

A rui na , 41mm, f. s. , A fi eu , the chief city o f A ttica, in G reece.

A ron:(ad-fl ue), or A 0 (a sho rter f erns of the cam), conj ., and, and besides, and yet as, than. 800 Q 198, 3, R. and p. 121,

A tom (ab—qni, abl. conj ., but yet, how ever.

A rm an-nut,-i (ater, black), n. s., ink.

A 't'tlcv s, -i (strictly adj . f romA ttica, A ttic, belonging to A ttica or A thens),m. s., A tticus, the surname o f T . Pomponius, the intimate friend o f

Cicero , bestow ed on himon account o f his long residence in A thens

and familiarity w ith G reek literature.

A rrntao , -bre, -tigi, -tactum(ad— tango , to touch), v . a., to touch, to reach.

Am i no , -6re, -traxi, -tractum (ad—traho , to draw ), v . a., to gather, to

A tmao , esm, ansns, v . a. and n., Q 142, 2, to dare. A udaci o us .

A umo , Q 160, to hear, to obey. A ud ience.

A co usrus, -i (augeo , to increase strictly adj ., signifying increased,

aug ust), m. s., A ugustus.

Ann u al ,-i (strictly edi., the appellation of a Boston gene), m. s., A ure

210 mnnus— cu m.

Am o s,-a, 4m (aurum), adj Q 128, 1 (a), golden. A ussah .

Am, conj ., or ; ant — aug either — or.

A ural , cont, Q 279, 8 (c), but, ho w ever, n o t-sever.A v aarru ,

-ae (av l rus, avarieiasu ), f. s., Q 101, 5, avarice.A v suro , I re, -verti, w ere“ (er—vests), v . a., to turn aw ay, to w ithdraw ,

to avert.

B.

Ban ana, -i (strictly edi., appellation of a Boston gens), m. s., Baebius.

Bam cbsus, -a,-um(bellum), adj ., Q l 28, 4, w arlike.

Bannlco s, -a,-m adj Q 128, 2 (a), w arlike.

Banno , 4 m, Jvi, -htum v . n., to w age w ar, to w ar.

n. s., w ar. Duel .

Bans (bonus, on o ld f erns of bonus), adv ., Q 194, 4, w ell bene audire, to

have a go od reputation ; hene nm b td l gocd new s of ; benemulti,a go od atany ; bene valeo , [ o ut quite w ell.

Bansrlcw u,-i (benef lous, hand ou t), n. s., a benefaction, a kindness, a

benefi t.

Bansv ons tma, -aa (bencvblus, b enev o l en t), f . s., Q 101, 4, go od-w ill,

Bmmnt, -i (his—dies ; strictly adj ., agreeing w ith tempus understo od), n. s.,

the space of tw o days.

Bun,-ae, -a (his), num. din, Q 1 19, I I I ., tw o by tw o :annui bini reges, tw ohinge every year. Binary .

Bu rma, -ao, f . s., Bithynia. a country o f A siaMinor on the coast o f the

Propontis and Buxine.

e mo s, -a,-um, edi., Bithynian:pl. Bithynii, -orum, m. s., the

Bononu ,-as, f . s., a city o f Cisalpine G aul, now Bo logn a.

Bonus, 4 ,o um, edi., Q 125, 5, go od:bonnm, -i, n. s., a good thing, a go od

pl. bona, goods. Bean.

abbreviation of Cams, q. v .

Capo , Jre, -cecldi, casnm, v . n. , to f all, to be slain. Cal e-ea.Canucsus, -i, m. s., a herald

’s etaf .

Caucus, -a,-um, adj ., Q l 20, 4, blind.

Cu be, -8re, cecidi, cscsun (code), 7. a., to cut, to strike, to slay:v irgie

caedere, to sco urge. Cemen t.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

212 ORNSBO— OOEPIO.

Cu n t), Jre, censui, censum, v . a., to estimate, to be of op inion. Cen t s .

Crusoe, -oris (course), in. 6 (a), a cancer. The Roman censo rs ,

tw o in number, w ere elected every five years. Besides conducting

the census, they taperintended the public w orks and buildings, the

finances, and themorale o f the citizens. C onnerica l

Cearns ,-i, m. s., Centenius.

Cl an (certas), adv ., assuredly, at least.

Can-to , - l rc, -i v l, Jtum (come, to decide), v . s. fi 'eq., bu t, I I . 1 (a), to

contend, to v ie.

Ot arns, -a,-um p. a., certain, em .

Cnri nns, -a,-um, adj ., the other part of ; pl. cetcri, the rest, the o thers .

The non . sing.m. is not in use, and the rest of the singular is quite

rare.)Cau ti o ns, -i, m. s., (Jethegus, a Ro i-nan cognomen.

Cum-u ,

-se, i. s., paper. Card .

018 0 5, -i, m. s., f o od.

Cmcirna (circus, a circle), adv . , about.

Cmcnuno , -dl .rc, -dedi, -di .tum (circum— do), v . a., Q 2“, R. 1 ( b), to p ut

around, to surro und.

Cmcnuro , -irc, -iv i o r -ii, o ltan (circum—cc), v . a. and n., to go aro und.

Cmcnuv imo , -ire, -veni, -v enton (circum— venio ), v . s., to surround, to

Ow n ,-is, com. , a 82, E xc. 5, a citizen. C iv i l .

Cl v l ‘ras, -htis (civ is), f . s., citi l el I ship , the state. City .

OL A ! (celo ), adv . and pr., 5235, 6, secretly.

Cu nnnsrluns, -a, (clam), adj . , secret, cland es tine.

Cu ssumns, -i (classic strictly edi., Q 128, 2 (a), agreeing w ithmiles understo od), m. s., a marine.

CLAS S IC, -is, l“. s. , é 82, E xc. 5, afleet. (Fromthe original meaning, v is .

a div ision o f the assembly o f the people, is derived the E nglish

C lass.)Cnasrmxnu, -i, n. s., Clastidium, a to w n o f Cisulpine G aul, near the Po .

CL A UDl US , -i (strictly adj ., the app ella tion of tw o Roman gentes), m. s

Claudius.

CL A UDO, -ere, clausi, clausum, v . a., to shut up , to inclo se. Ch in e.

Cm, abbreviatio n of CNA E U S , -i, m. s., a Roman praenomen.

Coa nA ,-ao, f. s., a snail. Co ck le .

Conw u ,-i, n. s., 392, 4, the heavens, the sky. Ceil ing .

COBRA, -ue, f . s. , dinner, the principal meal of the day, taken by the R0

mans about three o’clock.

Cosmo , -hvi, -6.tum, v . n. and a., Q 162, 16, to dine.

COE PIO, «i re, coepi, cooptam (com— epic o r ape, to f asten), v . a. and n., to

begin, to undertake. Very rarely used, except as in l 183, 2.

nonn e— concav e. 213

00011 0, 4 10 , -l vi, Jtum(com—agite, to pursue), v . n., to consider:amicocogitare do, to be amicably disp o sed to w ard. Ceci tnte .

COOa N ,-inis (com— nomen), n. s., Q 279, 9 (b), a f amily name, sur

name, app ellation.

Coauosco , -é re, -nov i, -h itam (com— gnosco o r nosco), v . s., to becomeacquainted w ith, to learn, to know . Co nno isseur.

Coco , -bre, cobgi, coactum (com— ago), v . a. , to co llect, to comp el. 00

sen t.

Cononu rxo ,-6nis (cobertor, to exhort), f . s., 5102, 7, sailo r-tatto os.

COL L i aa, -ae (com— logo , to cho o se), m. s., Q 2S , one w ho is chosen along

w ith ano ther, a co l leagu e. Co l l ege .

Cou lee, -§ rc, -legi, -lectum (com— logo ), v . a., to gather, to co l lect.

Connbco , - § re,- l .v i, -Etum (com— loco ), v . a., to p lace, to station. Co uch .

Connoonxnu, -i (co lloquer, to talk w ith), n. s., 5102, 2, a conf erence.

Cone, -ere, co lui, cultum, v . a., to cultivate, to cherish, to hono r. Co l o ny .

COLOR, -6ris ( o ld f ormco lo s), m. s., co lo r.

Con, o riginal f o rmof Cmt, q . v .

Con s,-e, adj ., kind. Comi ty .

Coulron, -Eri, -i tus (comes, a comp anion), v . a. dep ., § 187, I . 3, to aecom

pany, to attend.

Conunubao , -i re, -av i, (com— membro), v . a., to ca ll to mind, to re

count. Commu na l-ate .

Cox ln lfi'ro , -6nis (com— miles), m. s., a f ello w -so ldier, a comrade.

Com u'rro ,

-ere, -misi, -missum (com— mitto ), v . a., to set together, to commi t ; pro eliumcommittere, to j o in battle.

Conubno n, -Eri, -i tus (com— moror), v . n. dep ., to linger, to tarry.

Con n-mis, -e (com— mnnus, a serv ice), adj ., commo n , genera l.

COXPXRO, Jre, -5.v i, (com— paro), v . a., to prep are, to get ready, to

make. Comp are.

Cona t o ,-6re, -

p iili, -pulsum (com— pello ), v . a., to bring together, to

Coup imo , -ire, -pé’

ri, -pertum (com— pat io o r pcrio ), v . s ., to find out, to

ascertain.

Conv ene, -ere, -evi, -etum (com— pleo , to fi ll), v . a., to fil l f ull, to fill.

Confirm-

nuts,-a and - ia (com— plures), adj . , Q 1 10, a greatmany.

COMPONO, -ere, -

po sui, -po situm (com— pone), v . a., to p ut together, to set

tle, to bring to an end. Comp o se.

Coxrnnnnxno , «Ere, -hendi, -hensum (com— prehendo of ten w ritten com

prendo , v . a., to arrest. Comp reh end .

COMPRbBo , i re,-hv i, - § tum (com— probe), v . a. , to appro v e, to sanctio n.

Conci no , -ere, -cessi, -cessum (com— cede), v . n. and a., to co ncede , to

214 coucmo— consro .

Concino , i re, -cldl, clsum (com— osedo), v . a., to cut to p ieces , to cut

sho rt.

Coxcxmo , -hrc, -hvi, -htum (ooucilium, a gathering): v . a., to ga in o ver.

Co sciro , -l re, -l v i, -l tum (concise, to exci te), v . a. freq ., Q 187, I I . 1 (a),to stir up , to excite.

Concnnno , Jrc, -curri, -cursum (com—cum ), v . n., Q 163, n. , E xc. 1 , to

run together concurrcre in, to assault together. C oncu r.

Coucnnsns, -us (coucurro ), m. s., Q 102, 7, an onset, an encounter. C o n

Coxmscrri’mns, -i (com— d iscipl ine), m. s., a scho o lmate.

Coxnmo ,-bnis (condo , to establish), f . s., Q 102, 7, a co nd itio n , terms.

Conri no , -ferre, -tilli, co lll tnm (com— fero v . a. , Q 179, to bring together,to comp are se conform, to betake one

’s self. C o u l br.

Comicio , «Ere, 4 eci, -tectum (com— facio ), v . a., Q 180, N ., to finish, to

accomp lish, to exhaust, to comp ose. C o u lecti o u ery .

Courirs on, -6ri, Jessas (com— fsteor, to corgfess), v . a. dep . , to co n ic-u.

Coa l o o , dire, -flixi, d ictum (com— digo), v . a., to contend, to fight.

Co nflict.

Conanimon, -gr€di, -grossas (com—gradio r, to w a lls), v . n. dep. , to meet

w ith, to contend. C o lum n .

Coxslcio , -bre, -j é ci, -jectum (com— janio ), v . a. , to throw together, to hurl.

Coxw uo o , dire, -jnnxi, -junctum (com— jungo ), v . a. , to j oin together, to

unite. C onju ncti o n .

CONOR, -ht i, - § tus, v . a. dep . , to undertake, to attemp t.

Conscnxno , -§ re, -scendi, -sccnsum (com— scando , to climb), v . a., to

ascend:nuv emconscendere, to embark.

Conscnino , «i re, -scripsi, -scriptum (com— scribo), v . a. , to w rite together,

to enro ll, to comp o se: conscriptus, p. , cho sen, elect: Patres Con

scripti, an app ellatio n of the Roman S enate, Conscrip t Fathers .

Consi qnon, -seqni,-seciitns (com— sequor), v . a. dep., to f o llo w , to o ver

take, to accomp l ish. Co n seq uence.

Cousi no , -bre,-serui, -sertum (com— sore), v . a., to connect, to j o in.

Consnav o , Jav i, -§ tum (com— serv o), v . a. , to p reserv e, to keep .

Consmiiao , fi re,-a

'

v i, i tum, v . a. , to co nsid er .

Coxsmw n,-i, n. s., co unse l , stra tagem, a p lan, a p urp o se.

Consp icxo , - §rc, -spexi,-spectum (com— specie, to lo o k), v . a. , to beho ld,

to p erceive. C o nsp icu o us .

Cousu 'rno ,

-é'

re,-stitui, -stitiitum (com— statue), v . a. , to sta tion, to ap r

“mum“.

Coxs'ro , fi re ,

-stiti, -st§.tum (com— etc), v . n . , to stand still, to agree w ith,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

216 cum— Dnmn o .

anneaed to the ablative of p ersonal and relative pronouns in bo th numbers as, mecum, quicum.

CW, 3, conj ., a later f o rmof Q UUI , q. v .

CUHQ UB (qnnm— qno), adv . S ec L . lxii.

00301 03, -n,-um (contr. f o r coujunctus), edi., all together, a ll, the w ho le.

Cumulu s,-l tis (cupldus, eagerly des irous), f. s., é l Ol , 2, eager desire,

Como , Jrc, -Ivi or -ii, -Itum, v . a.,to desire earnestly. Cup id.

Co n (contr. either f or qnare, q. v .,o rf or cui— rci), adv . inten , w hy ?

Cmu,-ae (qnaero ), f . s., so licitude, co re , concern, attention. Curio u s .

Co nn ,-ae (kindred w ith Q uirites, Roman citizens), f . s., the senate ho us e.

00 30, -§ re, -l v i, -htum (curs ), v . n., to care f or, to take care of :episto lamreddendum curate, to have a letter delivered, i.e. to see tha t it is.

Conno , -6rc, cucurrl, curcun , v . n., l l ” , to run, to hasten. Cur

ren t.

Co sronxfo ,

-1rc, -iv i o r -ii, -itnm (cnsto s, a guard), v . a., to guard, to keep .

Crnnxu sus,-s.,

-um, edi. , belonging to Cyrene, a city in N orthern A frica

Cyrenaei, s., the cyrenaeans .

D .

Bh lnto , -I .rc, -8v i, -l tnm(damnnm,lo ss), v . a., to condemn . Du ncan.

Dare, dapis, f. s., 594, a f east.DB, pr., a195, R. 12 ; a197, 7, f rom, do w nf rom, concerning, about, on, f o r.

S ee A o r A ll .

DE A HBUL A T IO, -6nis (deambiilo ), f. a., Q 102, 7, a stro ll, a w a lk.

Dnaunfino , i re,-av i, -£tnm (de— ambiilo), v . n., to take a w alk, to stro ll.

Dunno , - é re,-ui, -1tnm (dc— habeo), v . a., to o w e, I o ught. D u ty ,

D eb t.

DsnxL lro , - i re, -Ev i, -l tnm (dchnis, w eak), v . a., to w eaken, to deb il i

Dsnlron, -6ris (debcc), m. s., l 102, 6 (a), a deb to r.

Decent, num. card. iudeo ., ten. D ecimal .

Dncnns o , -6re, -cr6vi, -cretnm (do— comb, to distinguish), v . a. , to decide,

to fight classe decornero , to engage in a nava l battle. D ecree .

Dncnnro , dire, -cerpsi,-cerptum (do— carpo , to p luck, w hence carp ), v . a.,

to p luck of .

Dncnl no , i re,-£v i, -atnm (do —clam, to make bright), v . a., to dec lare,

to sho w , to make kno w n.

Dub i ous, -6ris (de— decus, hono r, w hence deco ro us), n. s., disgrace.

Banmo ,-6nis (dedo), f . s., Q 102, 7, a surrender.

DEDO— DEUS . 217

Dune, dire, -didi, -ditnm (do—do), v . a., to give up , to surrender.

Dnnfico , «ire, -dnxi, -dnctum (dc— dnce), v . a., to draw of , to lead f orth,to conduct. D ell-ee

Dnrncrre, -6nis (deficio ), f . s., l 102, 7, detecti o n . revo lt.

Dan ub e, dire, -fendi, Jensum (dc— fendo), v . a., to repel, to dam , to

maintain.

Brv i ne, -ferre, -tiili, -ll tum (do— fore), v . a., to report, to announce, to

Dnricro , -é re, 4 60i, -fectum (dc— facio ), v . a. and n., to desert, to f ail.

Dm cl rs (deinde or dein— eapie), adv ., ens af ter the o ther, successively.

Dnmnn (dc— inde), adv ., thereupon, then.

DE L BCTO, -hre, -§ v i, -i tum (delicie, to allure), v . a. freq., a187, I I . 1 (a),to del igh t ; in the pass. sometimes, by é 248, R. l it signifies to

enj oy, to take p leasure in. D e lectab l e .

Dnnncrus, -na (del ige, m. s., a102, 7, a levy.

Dunno , -§ re, -ev i, -é tum (contr. f o r de— o lo v . a., to destroy.

D el etcrio ns .

Dnn‘

iao , l , -erc, 4 63i, -lectum(dc— loge), v . a., to cho o se out, to select.

DnL‘

x'

ee, 2, -are, i v i, -atnm (de— ligo ), v . a., to bind f ast, to tie.

Dar lene, i re,-av i, -atum (de—migre), v . n., to depart, to remove, to

Dan“ , adv . , at length, j ust, precisely.

Bari um,-ire, -ii (dc— pereo , to p erish ), v . n., to perish:deperirc amorc

alicujus, to be desp erately in lo ve w ith any one.

Di spos e, -ere, -

pesui, -positum (dc— pone), v . a., to lay do w n, to dep osit.

Bruiv o , Jere, -av i, 4mm (dc— rim , a stream), v . a. , to draw of , toderiv e.

Dnscsxme, -ere, -scendi, -scensum (de— scande, to climb), v . n., to de

scend , to go do w n.

Dnscn’

x’

no ,-é rc, -scripsi, -scriptum (dc— scribe), v . a. , to copy of , to

describ e.

Drsi ne, «Ere, -serui, -scrtum(dc— sore), v . a., to abandon, to desert.

Denise, -ere, -iv i o r - ii, -Itum (dc— sine), v . a. and n., to leave of , to stop .

Dnexs'ro , -€re, -stiti, -stltum (dc— aisle), v . n., to cease, to deal“.

Dnsriine, Jere, -av i, -i tnm (deb — spore), v . n. and a., to despair. D ea

Dnsux (dc— sum), v . n., Q 153, to be w anting.

Dnr‘

ixne, -6re, -tinui, -tentum (de— tinee), v . a., to keep back, to detain .

Dn'rnntns rnu ,

-i ( contr. f o r deterimentum, f romdetero, to w ear aw ay), n.

s., Q 102, 4, lo ss, damage, detrimen t.

Dims, -i, m. s., é 53, G od, a god. D eity .

218 Dam co— msruro .

Dam eo , Jr's, -v ici, -victum (de— v inco), v . a. , to comp letely conquer, to

subdue.

Dar ren, -té ra o r -tra, 4 6mmo r -trnm, adj ., bl 25, 4, on the right side,

right: ad o r in dexteram (partem), to w ard the right: a dextera

(parts), on the right. D ex tero na.

D 11 1“ , 4 43, f . s. , Diana , the mo on goddess, and the patroness o f huntingand o f nocturnal incantations:kno w n in these three characters re

spectively as L una, Diana, and IIechte.

D 100 , «i re, dixi, dictum, v . a., é 182, 4, to say, to call, to app o int. D ic

tio n .

Dxcri reu, -oris (dicto ), m. a., a dictato r. The dictato r w as a magistrate occasionally appo inted by the Romans in great emergencies.He w as clo thed w ith supreme and abso lute po w er, and continued in

cfi ce no t over six months.c r

‘

iro , i re,-l v i, -atnm v . a. freq., 5187, I I . 1 (c), to assert rep eat

edly.

Dxcre, 4 1's,

-av i, -atum (dico), v . a. freq l 187, I I . 1 (a). to dictate , to

o rder.

Dms, -ei, m. and f . s., Q 90, 1, a day ; in dies, f romday to day :in omnes

dies, every day. D iary .

Dxrrxcims, -e (dis— facilis), adj . , Q 125, 2, d iillcul t, hard, unf avo rable.

Dxmonsru ,-as (diligens, d i l igent), f . s., a 101 , 4, d i l igence , care

D l L Uo , -Erc, -lui, -lntnm (dis— luo , to w ash), v . a., to w ash aw ay:crimondiluere, to o verthrow an accusation. D ilute.

Dmice, -5.rc, i v i, -Etum (dis— mice, to mo ve abo ut quickly hence, lite

rally, to brandish one’s w eap ons agains t the enemy), v . n., to fight.

Dmxrro , - é re, -misi, -missum(dis— mitto), v . a., to send aw ay, to let go , to

yield up , to lo se fugatumdimittere, to p ut to rout. D ian lu .

Dmixo , -6re, -bml, -emptum (dis— emo), v . a., to sep arate, to put of , to

interrup t.

Draco , dire, -rni, -riitum (dis— rue), v . a., to destroy.

D I S , inseparable pr. , 3198 (b), 2.

D i sci ne, -6re, -cessi, -cessam (dis— cede, w hence cede), v . n., to come of ,to dep art.

s cm ius , -ae (discipiilns), t‘

. s., instruction, discip l ine :disciplines,

pl., sciences, studies.

D iscxp i'

rw s,-i (disco ), m. s., a scho lar. D iscip le.

D ISCO, -6rc, didici, v . a., é l b3, to learn.

DISJi'

cm,-6re, -j é ci, -jeetum (dis—jacio ), v . a., to scatter, to overthrow a

fundamentis disjieere, to rase.

s P Z L on, -i ri, ates (dis— paler), v . n. dep., to w ander about.

Disri'

rre,-arc, -i v i, -atum (dis— pnto), v . a., to argue, to discuss. D ia

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

220 n— noumnm.

E , pr., see E x .

E A (is), adv ., bl ” , I I I . by that w ay, there.

Emerux , -i (p . of edl oo , to o rder), n. s., an o rder, an edict .

E nl sco , -ere, edidlci (ex— d isco ), v . a. , to learn by heart, to commit tomemory.

E no , Jre, edi, esum, v . n. , to eat. E dib l e.

E nv u mns, -i, m. a. , E dw ard.

E rri no , efl'

erre, extiili, elatum (ex— fem), v . a., to bring f o rth, to ca rry

aw ay, to exa lt pedomports efl'

erre, to setf o o t out of do o rs. E h te.

E rr‘

icxo , -§ re, 4 eci, -tectum (ex— facio ), v . n., to ch at. to o bta in.

E rrfial o , -bre, -f llgi (ex— fugio ), v . n. and a., to flee aw ay, to escap e.

E rratu m, «Ere, Judi, -fueum (ex— fundo), v . n., to pour f orth, to let f al l.m u o ns.

Bozo , egbre, egui, v . n., to w ant.

E co , pore. pro ., a133, I . E g onl n .

E s k imo s , -

grédi,-gressue (ex— gradior), v . n., to go out. E cru .

E ou oms, -n,-m (ex— grex, i .e. cho sen f rom the common herd), edi., dis

tinguished, excellent. Ban g-io ns .

Emn r u, 4 5mm, n. 3. pl. , el emenmfirstp rincip les.

E L BPHA NTU S , - i, m. s., an e lep h an t.

E xo , -6ne, emi, emptum, v . a., to buy.

E xonruv s, -e,-um (emorior), p . a. , extinct, dead.

EN !int., lo ! en ergo l lo ok I then.

E lu lmo , i re, i v i, i tum (ex— narro ), v . n., to tell all, to detail.

E xnnv o , -§ re, i v i, -£tum (enerv is, nerveless), v . n., to enervo te, to

w eaken.

Em (6f o r ce— nam), conj ., Q 279, 3 (c), f o r.

E nuxi no , A re,-£vi, (ex— numbro), v . n., to count o ver, to enu

E o , 1 (o ld do t. and .abl. f o rmof ie), adv ., Q 192, I I I . R., thither, there, to

thatp lace ; by that, theref o re:quo 00, the the. Q 256, B. 16

E 0, 2, v . n., Q 182, to go . S ee L . xlix .

E bDE n (old dat. and abl. f o rm of idem), adv ., to the same p lace or thing.

E P I S TbL A , -ae, f . s., a letter, an ep istl e .

Bonus, -Itis (equus, a s., a ho rseman, a tro op er:equitee, o ften,

the order of knights, the equites magister equitnm, the master of the

ho rse, lieutenant to the dictator, and usually appo inted by him.

E q uestrian .

E Q UIDE X (5 f or ce— quidem), adv ., Q 191, R. 4, indeed, to be sure, f o rmy

p art.

seenu es— m mco . 221

Rem i t-es, -ns (q uite, to ride), m. s. , a 102, ‘l , cavalry.

EM A (kindred w ith v erge, to incline), pr., Q 195, B. 7, to w ards, against.E nae (id. adv ., theref ore, then.

E lmo , 4 m, i v i, Jlem, v . n. to w ander, to on , to bemistaken.

E nno e, -bris (crro), m. s., i 102, 1 , em r , mistake, delusion.

Bubb le, -irc, -ivi or -ii, -itum (ex— rudis, as if a n te f reef ront M ),v . n., to educate, to discip line. l it-el itism.

E nenlre s, -n,-em(erudie), p. a., learned, erudite .

E r, conj ., and:et ct, bo th and by ellipsis o f s. preceding memberit acquires the ndv erbial sense o f also , even. Bee L . lv .

Em u (ct— jam), conj . , and also , and even, too , yes indeed, yes:etiamatque etiam, again and again, urgently.

E rnem ,-ne, f. s., E truria, s. country o f Central I taly.

E rsx(et— si), conj ., even if , although.

Beai sxes, -i (literally ndj . , signifying w ell-born), m. s. , E ugene.

Res in s,-is, m. s., E ua enes, king o f Pcrgnmes.

E x, or, occasiona lly bef o re consonants, E , p. , § 195, R. 13; Q 196, 6 ; Q 197,9, out of , f ront, af ter, of ; on account of , in accordance w ith, on.

E xci no , -6re, -cessi, -ceesem (ex—cede), v . n., to dep art f rom, to go

o io , -ire, -iv i or -ii, -itum (ex— sic), v . n., to call out, to exci te.

E xei'

rrxe,-bre, -cessi, -cussem (cx— qeatie), v . a.

, to shake out.

E xsun ex,-i (crime, to take out), n. s., an examp le.

E xno , -ire, -ii, rarely-iv i, -item (ex— c o ), v . n.

, to go out or f o rth, to

leave.

E xsues e, 45m,-erce i, -ercltem(ex— arose), v . n., to ex erc ise , to stir up .

E xenci'res, -na (exerceo ), in. s., é 102, 7, a discip lined body of men, an

E xesenre, -ire, -ha.esi, -hausten (cx— haurie), v . n. , to exhaust.

E xeb ne, -ere, -hibe i, -bibiten (ex— habeo), v . n., to disp lay, to ex

h ibit.

E xam s-no ,

-6nil (existimo), f . s., Q 102, 7, op inion, rep utation.

E xrsrino , -l re, -i v i, i tem (ex— aestimo ), v . n., to consider, to esteem.

E xires, -na (exee), m. s., i 102, 7, ex it, outlet, end.

E xri nte, -Ire, -Iv i or -ii, -itum (ex— pee, as if = = to ex tricate the f eet),v . n., to ex p edi te , to extricate, to snake ready . cp dit, v . n. impers.,

it is profitable or exp edien t.

E xrznn'l o ,

-6nis (expedio), f . s., § 102, 7, an exp ed itio n , a camp aign.

E xrnnanrl cxe, -8re, 4 eci, Jnctem (cxperge— fncie), v . n., to w ake, to

reuse.

e snerscen,-l, -pcrrecte s (experge, to w ake), v . n. dep., to be aw ake, to

w ake.

E xrn’fee, -l re, -l vi and -ui, i temand -item (ex— plico), v . n. , to unfold,to arrange, to setf o rth. E xp l icit.

222 se ene— rsmcn sn.

Exn bne, dire, i v i, o ntem (ex— piers), v . a., to examine, to exp lo re.

E xpo see, -6re, -pepesci (ex— po sse), v . n., a 163, E xc. l , to ask ear

neelly, to demand to be delivered up , as a prisoner.

E xrco so , -i re,-av i, -atem (ex— pugne), v . a., to take by assaul t, to

sto rm.

E xsrmo ee, dire, -stinxi, -stinctem (ex— stinguo ) v . a., to quench, to

ext inguial l z figuratively spoken o f one w ho dies o f o ld age.

E xsro , i re (ex— ate), v . n., to stand f o rth, to app ear, to be ex tan t.

E xsen, A l lis (ex— so lum, ao il ), com. s., an ex i l e.

E xrsu o r E xri ne s, -a,-um (ex), adj . , Q 125, 4 and B. 1 , outw ard, f o reign

extremes, sup., la test, la st, ex treme.

E xrnn f o r extern, abl. f . of exter, parte being understo od), pr., 5235,

F.

Flu tes,-i (strictly edi., app ellation of a Roman gens), m. s. , Fabius .

Fu tons , -ae ( fari, to speak), f. s. , a b ible, a sto ry. Fabu l o us .

FA CIL B ( facilis), adv ., a194, 2, easily, undo ubtedly, readily.

FA CIL I S , -e ( facio ), adj ., é l 25, 2 é 129, 4, easy, p rosp erous :res faciles,

easy circumstances. Facil e.

FA cixus, -6ris n. s., a deed, a crime.

FA cxe, «ire, feci, factum, v . a. [Fre, pass. (1. to make, to do , to em uto endeavo r, to rep resent, to esteem, to reckon

, to supp o se v erbs. facere,

to talk, to sp eak:mannm facere, to ra ise tro op s: sumptem facere, to

inc ur exp enses:po testatem facere, to give opp o rt unity:missum facere,

to dismiss:detrimentum facere, to sufi'

er lo ss:magni (parv i o r perum,

pluris, minoris, etc.) facere, to think of or care much ( little, mo re, less,etc.)f o r any one:has o r illac facere, to act w ith this o r that p arty.

FA CT l ' ll , -i (p . of facio ), n. s., a deed, an act, an exp lo it. Fact , Pea t.

FA CUL ‘

I'

A S , ( facil is), f . s., é l Ol , 2 cap ability, means, reso urces.

Facu l ty .

FAL ERNOS, 4 1, -um, adj ., Fa lernian:Falemus agar, the Falernian terri

to ry, famed f o r its w ines, near Capua.

FAL L O, -§ re, fefelli, falsum, v . a. , Q 163, B“, to deceive, to elude. Ful l ,

Pail .

FA L S US , -a,-em (fallo), adj ., false , untrue.

Fans , -ae (fari, to sp eak), f . s., a rep o rt, rep utation, mme.

FAMIL Iims, -e ( familia, m ay ), adj ., belonging to a f amily, p rivate:res

famil iaris, p roperty: familiar-is, -is, m. s., a f riend. Fami l iar.

FASCIA, f . s., a bandage: fasciae, pl . , sw addling clo thes.

Femclrnn ( felix), adv ., Q 194 , 2, happ ily, f o rtunately.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

224 rent ers—4 m .

reaf firm,-ac (fore, chance), i. s., ” b e. good or ill, according to the

context:fortunes, pl., property, f o rtune.

rat er , -i (fero), n. s. , a market-p lan , am The Roman forumw as

the place w here public assemblies w ere held, the courts of justice sat,and mercantile business w as m ad:hence, in fore cu e, to take

part in p ublic aj airs. M

c reces,-i, m. s. , Francis.

Fu seeo eu j ces, -a,-m , edi., French. The modern PM rise from

the amalgamation o f the ancient Franci and G alli.

Fen ce, Jr's, frsgi, fractum, v . a., to shatter, to break do w n, to w eaken.

Fu r-n, -tris, m. s., a bro th er. M ar.

Paran a“ , Jane, f . s., Fregellac, a city o f Latium, 8. E . o f Rome.Fences-us, -ntis, edi., freq uen t. of ten.

Famenlces, -i, m. s., Frederic.

h ens,-ntis, f. s., the f o rehead, the bro w . Pro-t.

Baneres, -us ( freer), m. s., l 102, 7, enjoyment, k n it , income.

Pneaanlrl s, d tb ( frugality, b asal ), f . s., i 101, 2 , fi ugal ity , thrift.

Fneen, -i, truites and fructus, v . n., to enj oy. Fru itio n .

Pauern ( fraude, to defi aud ), adv w itho ut ej ect, in vain.

Pnesrno n, A ri, c i tes ( frustra), v . a. dep., to deceive, to trusts-ate.

Fees , -ae, f . s.,flight. Fugue.

Feo o , -l re, -§ v i, Jtum (fugio , to f lee), v . n., to p ut to f light, to rout.

Fesns us sreu , -i ( fendo , to h and ), n. s., b102, 4 (a), a f o undation.

Fumes, -i (o ld f o rmFesres), m. s., Furius:strictly edi., app ellation of a

Roman gens.

G u m , 4 0, f. s., G aul , the country inhabiw d by the G slli, betw een the

Rhine and the A tlantic, and in the north o f I taly.

(h ence,-erc, gav l sus, v . n., i 142, 2, to be glad, to rej o ice. G audy .

Gall ium,-a,

-em, tw in: G eminus, -i, m. s., Geminus, a Romancognomen.

G ees, -ntis (gene or gigue, to bring f orth), i. s., a clan, a tribe, a nation.

G it-sea, -ac, f. s., Ge nua, a city o f L iguria, now G enoa.

G enes, -é ris, n. s., origin, race, kind. G eneral .

G seemrm ,-ae, f. s., geography .

G s onoms, -i, m. s., Geo rge.

G eno , e re, gsssi, gesture, v . a., to bear, to carry, to w age:rem gcrere,

in military language, to perf orm a service or exp lo it, to fight: res

G OBTYN IUS— BI REDITA B. 225

G onn m s,-a,

-um, edi., of Go rtgna, a chief city o f Crete: G ortynii,-orum, m. s., the G o rtynians.

G nsccnus, -i, m. s., G racchs s, the.

name of a family o f the semprenian

gens.

G as eous, -a,-um (G raeci, the Greeks), uti., G reek , Grecian.

G naw s,-a,

-um (G raii, the Greelis), adj ., G reek, G rn ian ; less frequentthan the forego ing, andmo stly poetic.

G uanma, -e (cresco l), adj ., great, large, grand .

G ua m,-ae (grates), f . s., f av or:gratis , abl. w ith gen. fo llow ing, f o r the

sake of , on acco unt of :gratin , pl . thanks. G race.

G au s s,-a,

-um, adj ., agre eab le, thankf ul,-g ratef ul .

G RAV E,-e, adj ., heavy, sev ere, great. fi l l et

G ummmms, -i, m. s., William.

Gm aslmt, -i, n. s., a p lace f or gymnastic exercises, a " Inna-inn .

Hanna, dire, -ni, -itum, v . a., to hav e , to keep , to co nsider so habere, to

HA G. (hic), adv ., Q 192, I I I . this w ay, here.

Hw nuni rmt, -i, n. s. , Hadrmnetmn, a city in A frica.

Hannizms, -a,-um (beodas), adj ., a128, 2, of a kid, kid. The penult is

occasionally long.

Harem-arm,-onis (haesito , to h esi tate), f . s., Q 102, 7, h esi tatio n.

Ilaxxw an, m. s., Hamilcar, a common Carthaginian name. The

mo st famous o f this name, surnamed Barca, w as the father o f Bannibal, q. v .

Hm isan, m. s., Hanniba l, a common Carthaginian name. The

most illustrious o f this name w as the hero o f the S econd PunicWar,and the greatest o f the Carthaginian generals.

Haw aiian , m. s., Hasdruba l, a common Carthaginian name.

Nepo s mentions, in his L ife o f Hannibal , tw o o f this name, the sonin-law and the son o f Hamilcar Barca.

Ham), adv ., Q 191 , R. 3, no t at a ll, by no means, no t.

Haunxo , -ire, hausi, haustum, v . a. , a 176, to draw , to derive, to exhaust .

Reunions, -i, m. s., Henry.

Hanciimcs, -is, m. s.,Hercules, themost celebrated hero o f antiquity, son

o f Jupiter and A lcmena, w orshipped after his death as the god o f

strength.

Hans el-ms,-§ tis (hares, an h eir), f . s., inh eritance, an inheritance.

226 m atu res— mm.

Hu mmus,-a,

o um (hes or her], yesterday), adj ., of yesterday, yester

Hans! no !no there!hallo o !

Hie, m e, no c, 1, adj . pro . , b134 ; Q 207, B. 23, this, in distinction fromthat:w ith ellipsis o f the subject he, she, it, etc.

Hie, 2 (abl. f erns of hie), adv . , a192, I I I . B . , here.

Hrccn, m ccr , nocon (hie— cc), adj . pro ., Q 134, B . 4, more emphaticthan hie, (1. v .

Hate (hie), adv ., f romthis p lace or time, hence, hereup on.

Bu ri al , 4 5mm, in. s., the Sp aniard

Bu rm a,-as (Hispi ni), f. s., S p ain.

E xamines, 4 1, -um adj ., Sp anish.

Hmronu ,-ae, f . s., a narrativ e, Il l-to r] . S to ry .

Hour:(contr. f ro nt hoe die), adv ., to -day.

Hone, Juis (kindred w ith humus, the ground, as if the earth-born),com., a h uman being, a person, a man. S ee p. 70,

Hon srus,-a,

-um (hono s or honor), adj ., ho no rable, respectable.

l l oa eet.

Hos ea ( or Ho ses), -bris, m. s., h o n o r , public ofi ce:honoribus operamdare, to eeekp ref erment.

Hons , -se, f . s., an h o ur. Amcng the Romans the length o f the hours

varied w ith the seasons ; from sunrise to sunset w as alw ays tw elv e

hours ; the first hour commenced at sunrise.

Hononoexmt, -i, n. s., a clo ck.

Hermann, -i, n. s., a granary, a magazine.

Honi’

rL A ,-ae (hora), f . s. dim. , Q 100, 3, a sho rt season ; properly, a little

hour. T he w o rd belongs to late L atin.

Ho srxrw x ,-i (hospes, a stranger), n. s. , Q 100, 5, h o sp ital i ty .

HOST IA, -as (ho stio , to strike), f. s., a v ictim, a sacrifice. H o st (the con

secrated w afer).

Ho s'n s, -is, com. , an enemy, especially a p ublic enemy. H o s t (an army).HUO (o ld dat. f orm of hie), adv ., b192, I I I . B., to this p lace, hither.

In! (o ld dat. of is), adv ., in thatp lace, there, then.

Inn (is and the snfi a dem), adj . pro . , 5134, B . 6, the same. I den ti ty .

Inon us, 4 1,-um, adj ., fit, suitable, cap able.

Iairun (f romthe roo t of is), conj ., then, therefore.

I G N Z VU S , -a,-um (ia— guavas or new , active), adj ., sluggish, lazy.

I L L AC (ille), adv ., Q I Q Z , I I I . R., that w ay, there.

I L Ln ( i or is, w ith adj . ending -lns ; o ld f o rmo llus), adj . pro ., 5134 ; £207,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

228 nuto—m'rnn o .

In c, oirs, ~lvi or -ii, -itnm ( ln— co), v . n. and n., § 182, B. 3, to go into ,to enter on rutionominiro , to devise a p lan.

Insul ts, -e ( in— arms ), adj ., unarmed .

I n n s,-ntis (in— tu i, to sp eak properly, one that canno t sp eak), adj

ink -t s s. com. , an infant.

In i go , o ferro , 4 1m, illl tnm (in— fem), v . a., l l ” , to carry, bring, orp ut,in, upo n, or against:so inform, to enter:arms. o r bellum inform, to

w age w ar. I nlet .

Is rmon,-firi, 4m,

v . n. dep., to deny.

I ual mux, -i (in— gono or gigno , to produce), n. s., natura l p ow ers, disp o

sition, mind, an invention. E t s i-o.h ad ron,

-s., nun (in— grams), adj., disagreeable, ungu tef ul.Ixo nA v nsco , -é re ( in— gravesco , to become heavy), v . n. inc., 5187, I I .

2 (c), to gro w heavy or burdensome, to increase.

IxnncmA , 4m( inimions), f . s., i 101, 5, enmity .

Im lous, l , 4 ,-um ( in— amicus), adj ., hostile, inimicnl .

Im lcus, 2, -i m. s. , an enemy ; especially, a p ersona l enemy.

Into!)v s, 4 3, -um (in— u qnns), adj . , uneq ual , unf air, unj ust. I n iq u iw .

In fl ux,-i ( ino o ), n. s.,

a beginning:initio , abl ., atfi rst. I n itia l .

I miclo , -6re, -jeoi, ~joctnm (in— jnoio ), v . n., to thro w or p ut in, into , or

on to insp ire, to cause. Inj ect.

Inseam,-o o ( injurias, unjust), f . s., injury , itg

‘

ustics.

I NQ UA I , v . s ., a183, 6 ; Q 279, 6, I say.

Inson ne, -ntis (in— sciens), p. a., no t kno w ing, unaw are.

Inszc'ron, -§ ri, -ii.tus ( insé quor, to p ursue), v . a. freq ., i 187II . 1 (a), to

p ursue, to inveigh against.

Insmu s ,-§ rum ( insideo , to sit in), f. s., an ambush. I nsidio us .

Ixsmxon, -i ri, Juno (insidio o), v . n. dep. , to lie in w ait f o r, to p lo t

I nsoni'rus, -a.,-um (in— so litus), p. n., unw anted, no t customary.

Inarncro , 41m, i v i, -5.tnm (inspicio ), v . s . freq., 5187, I I . 1 (a), to lo okat or o n. Insp ect.

Insricxo , Jsre, -spexi, -speeton (in— specio), v . n. , to lo ok into , to lo ok at.

Insp v o , -6re, -ni ( in— spuo , to sp it or sp ew ), v . n., to sp it into or up on.

Insrrruo , -6re, -ni, -tltum ( in— statuo ), v . n., to begin, to instruct, to

ins titu te.

Ixsm fi 'rtm,

-i (p . of instituo), n. s., a design, a custom, an institution.

Imnnniao , -6re, -lexi, -leotnm ( inter— logo), v . a., to understand, to per

ceive. I n tel l ect.

I NTER ( in), pr., £235, R. 2, betw een, among, during:inter so , together

before a gerund, w hile. E n ter.

(inter—4 1m ), adv .,sometimes, meanw hile.

Im ag o , 4m,-ii, Jtan (inter— co , as if = to go among, so es to he lost

to sight), v . n., to p erish, to die.

mrssn oro— Jons s s ss. 229

I sn uricro , h rs, Joel, -tectum (inter— iso lo g properly, to interrupt),v . n., to destroy, to kill.

B u ni on,-as (o bs. pm. int inw ard), adj ., ” 20, l , inner, interior,

more secret.

I srs ni'rus, -as (intereo ), m. s., § 102, 7, destruction, death.

Is '

rnunbo o , Jute, i v i, -i tum (inter— rogo ), v . n., to ask, to inter-mI NT RA (obs . intbro , parte understood), pr., é 235, w ithin.

Inv i sxo , -irc, -v é ni, -v entum ( in— venio), v . n., to find, to find out, to

in v ent.

Inv rc'ro s, -a.,-um (in— v ictus), p. n., l 126, 2, unconquersd, invincible.

Inv mu ,-se (inv idus, envious), f . s.

, env y , jealousy. I nv id io us.

Inv i'ro , - i re, i vi, i tum, v . s ., to in vi te.

Inv onv o , - é rc, -v o lvi, -v o lutum (in— v o lv o), v . n., to inv o lv e, to w rap up .

I p sn (is— pee adj . pro . , Q 135, -self , myself, thyself , himself, etc., accord

ing to the person and number o f the subject. I t also giv es greater

exactness to an expression, in the sense o f very, just, exactly. Q 207,R. 28 (d)

Innins o , -é re,-risi, -risum (in— rideo), v . n. and s ., to laugh at, to mock.

I s, pro . s. and adj ., 5134 ; 5207, R. 20 and 26, he, she, it this, that:in

cc sumut, [ amon the po int of .

1813 (is— to), adj . pro ., § 134 5 Q 207, R. 25, this, that ; this of yours, that

In (is— ta), adv ., so , thus:non its , before on ad). or adv ., no t veryitane ? in questions expressing surprise, really

I rA L u,-no , f . s . , I taly .

I rKQ UE (ita— qno), conj . , and so , acco rdingly.

I n ]! (is), adv . , likew ise, also . I tem.

Irsn, itinEris (f o r itincr, f rom so ), u . s., Q 57, a journey, a march:iterfecero , to j ourney ormarch. n ines-nu t.

I rimnr (is, w ith an o ld comparative ending,-terus), adv ., again, a second

JA cs o , -§ro , jacui, jncitum (perhaps f romjocio , as if : to be throw n),

JA CIO, -ere, jeo i, jsctum, v . s ., to throw , to utter. Jet (s. spout).

JA cbsv s, -i, m. s., James. Jaco b in .

JA N (ace. f orm of is), adv ., no w , a lready, p resently: jam dudum, sometime ago .

JANUA, -ne, f . s., a do o r. Janitor.

Jonsm s,-is, m. s., John.

230 v sro— mo o .

Jal s o, 4 11 , i jussum, v . a., to order, to bid, to command.

Jucmu ms, -a,-um ( jocus, a j est), adj . , p leasant, agreeable. l o cus-ll .

Junlco , Jre, - l v i, -atum ( jus— dico), v . a., to j udge , to declare.

Jud icio us.v o o ,

-6rc, junxi, junctum, v . a. , to j o in , to co nnect. Junctio n .

Juri'mn (S anskrit Dyu pitar f ather Heaven), m. s., Q 85, Jup iter, godo f the sky, and the chief deity o f the Romans. Jo v iul .

J( mo , -§ re, Jvi, -atum ( jus), v . n. and a., to sw ear. Ju ry .

Jus, juris (f o r jussum, f rom jubeo , as if = that w hich is commanded),n. s. , right, la w , j ustice:jute, abl . , j ustly.

Jcssuam uu,-i ( jus—juro ), m. s. , Q 91 , an oath.

Juv s xcus, -i (co ntr. f romjuv enious, f romjuv bnis, young), m. s., a youngbullo ck, a steer.

L ., abbrev iation of Lo oms, q. v .

L A ss o , -6nis (labia o r labium, a l ip ; properly, a thick-lipped person),m. s., Q 100, 4 (a), L abeo , a Roman cognomen.

L A aoa, -6ris (o ld f ormlabo s), m. s., lab o r , hardship .

L A C, lactic, n. s., milk. L o o ted .

L acsns suosms, 4 1,-um, adj ., Q 128, 6 (h), of L acedaemon or Sp arta

L acedaemo nian , Sp artan.

L A lu s'rA ,

-ao, m. s. , a f encing-master.

L A ‘riNB (L atinus), adv ., in L atin:L atino scire, to understand L atin.

L A 'l'ixU S , -a,

-um (L atium), adj ., Q I Z S , 0 (c), of L atium, the district o f

I taly in w hich Rome w as situated ; h tin .

L A riro , -i re,-

‘

atum (lateo , to lie hid), v . n. freq. , 5187, I I . 1 ( b), tokeep co ncealed, to keep out of the w ay.

L A 'rus, lateris, n. s., the side, theflank w ith respect to orators, the lungs.

L AUDO, -are,-§ v i, -i tum (lane), v . a., to p raise. l a udanum.

L A Us, laudis (kindred w ith cluo , to be spoken of ), f . s., p raise, glo ry,

L s crics , -ae ( leotus), f . s., a l itter , a p alanquin.

L scu o , -bnis ( logo ), f . s., Q 102, 7, reading, that w hich is read ; a l esson ,

but only in the sense o f p assages f or reading.

L s crus, -i (lego , in its primitiv e sense o f to lay), m. s., a bed.

L sahrus, -i (p . of logo , to dep ute), m. s., a lieutenant, an embassado r

legatus pro praetore, lieutenant-

general . L eg-ate.

L s o l o , -6nis, f . s. (logo , to cho ose, hence) a p icked body of men, a leg ion ,

consisting, fromB. C. 216, o f about fiv e or six thousand men.

Ls co , -§ re, legi, lectum, v . a. (perhaps originally signifying to lay in

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

282 w sus— unmus.

lsarn schola, a higher schoo l f or youths and sun, w ho w ish to lscrn.

L o ses, -as m. s., b102, 7, p laying, p lay.

L exus, ms, m. s., m ess, l uxury , debanohsty .

1L , abbreviation of Mu cus, q. v .

“A cre, «h e,-l v l, -l tum ( o bs. mago , to magnify), v . a. freq { 187, I I .

1 (a), to honor ; especially, to honor a deity w ith sacrifices ; hence, tosacrifice, to put to death.

Masts (magnus), adv . comp., mo re ; maxime, sup. , mo st, especia lly, very.

MA G IBT I R, -tri ( same ro o t as magnus), m. s., a mas ter , a teacher.

MA G IS T BI TUS , -as (magister), m. s., the ofi ce of a magister, magistracy, a

I s sues,-a,

-um, adj ., é l 25, 5, great, large, imp ortant. Magn i tude,l aye r (f rommaj or).

H i eo ,-6nis, m. s., Mago , the name o f sev eral Carthaginian ; among

them, o f the youngest brother o f Hannibal. The name still surv iv es

in Po rt H al l o u (anciently, Portus Kagouls, Hago’s harbo r), in the

island o f Mino rca.

MA L I:(malus), adv ., Q 194, 4, ill, badly, w ickedly, unf ortunately.

a ico , -6re, -dixi, -dictum (male— dico), v . n., é 225, 1 , to speak ill

of or to any one, to revile. H aledietio n .

HA L O, v . a. and n., Q 178 3, to w ill rather, to cho ose rather, to pref er.

Mi nus, -a,-m , adj . l 125, 5, bad, w icked, evil, adverse:malum, -i, n. s.,

an evil, a calamity. l l a l iee.

MA Ns , 4 (strictly adj . app ellation of a Roman gens), m. s., Manlius.

Mu ms, -na, I. s., Q 88, 1, a hand, a body of tro ops :in mann, in thep ow erof :som e amanu, a secretary mannm conserere, to engage in close

combat, to jo in battle. Manual .

Mu seu ms,-i (perhaps dim. of Marcus, as if little Marcus), m. s.,

Marcellus, a Roman cognomen.

M ucus,-i, m. s., Marcus, Hark , a Roman praenomen.

MA RE , -is, n. s., 582, E 1 0. 1 (b), the sea. Marine.

Mu sa,-tris, f. s., a mo th er. Maternal .

Mu s eum-ice , -ae, t. s. mathematics .

Mu noz“ ,-ne (meter), f . s., a married w oman, matron , a lady.

MATURE (maturus, mature), adv ., Q 194, 2, seasonably, quickly, so on.Mnmonimm,

-i, n. s., a city of Cisalp ine Gaul, no w Milan .

Mnnw s, -a,-um, adj ., 5205, R. 17, middle, mid:medium,

-i, n. s., ths

middle, the midst. l ean (middle).

“ non— none. 288

Manon, obris (memini, I remember), adj ., Q 118, Bra. 3; Q 126, 5 (b),mindf ul, remembering.

Marmara, -ae (memo r), f . s., Q IOI , 4, memo ry , a historica l account, a

narrative. M emo ir.

Mnxo nirnn adv ., f rommemory, by heart.

Minus, ~ntis (same ro o t as memini, memor, f . s., the intellect, I l iad ,

p urp o se. l eu tal .

Menu ,o ne, f. s., a table.

Mes srs,-is, m. s., a83, I I . 2, E xc., a mo n th.

MBNT IO, -6nis (memini), f. s., men tio n .

Mem o s ,-m,

-itas, v . n. and a. dep., to lie.

Mauro , -é re, -ui, -Itum,v . a., and Mans on,

-eri, -itas, v . a. dep., to

merit stipendiummeters, to serve in the army bene, o r male,mereri dc, to deserve w ell, or ill, of ; to beha ve w ell, o r ill, to w ard.

Marc,-§ re, messui, messum, v . a., to reap .

Mew s,-as, to . s., f ear.

Mans,-a,

-um (me), po st . pro ., Q 139, 1, my .

MIL ES, -itis (mille), 8. com., Q 57, a so ldier.

MIL r'e s,-e (miles), adj ., Q 128, 2, mil itary , w arlike.

Mlmru ,-as f . s., military service, w arf are:militias, gem, in the

field. é 22l , R. 3. M il i tia .

Ma ire, i re,-av i, -atum v . n., é l B

’l , I . 1, to be, or to serve as, a so l

dier. mutate.

Ma (w ritten also mile), num. adj . and s., an s, 6, a thousand :mills

passnnm, o r simp ly mille, a tho usand p aces, a Roman mile 4854

E nglishf eet. H i l l ( federal money).Mmucms, -i (strictly adj ., app ellation of a Roman gens), m. s., Minucias.

Mml ricn (mit if lcus), adv ., é l 25, é l 94, w onderf ully, extrao rdi

narily.

Mmon, an, a t“ , v . a. and n. dep ., to w onder at, to admire, to marv el .

inn -o r.

s nn,-era, 45mm, adj . , § 125, 1 , w retched, miserab l e . l iner.

M1853]:(miser), adv . , l 194, 2, w retchedly, miserably.

s mmo , -é re,-ni, -itnm, v . n., and Mrssnnoa, -e

'

ri, -itas and -tns, v . n.

dep. (miser), to f eel p ity, to p ity:misé ret, impers., Q 229, R. 6, it dis

tresses:w ith an ace., I (thou, etc.)p ity.

Ml‘m (mitis), adv ., é l 94, 2, mi ldly, gently.

Mx'rl s,-e, adj . , mild, gentle, mello w .

Mrrro , «i re, misi, missam (meo , to go ), v . a., to send, to let go , to dismiss,to end. Man (in the Roman Church).

Mono (abl. of modus), adv ., Q 192, I . 3 (a), only, j ust now , directly.

M o dern .

234 nouns— ru n e.

Menus, -i (metior, to mem-re), m. s., a measure, a limit, a manner, a

Hom e,-e (co ntr. f or mo v l lis, f rommovao ; i.e. mo v ab le), adj ., é 129,

4, sof t, del icate, gentle, limber. Mu l l en ( l)Mon o ,

-6re,-ui, -itum (same ro o t as meus), v . a., 3218, to w arn, to

remind. (FromMoné ta [the reminder], a surname o f Juno , in w ho se

temple money w as co ined, are derived M o ney and Min t. )Mos s, -ntis (kindred w ith mineo , to p roj ect), m. s., Q 64, 1, a mo unta in ,

a hill.

Monsus,-i, m. s., sickness, disease, diso rder. Mo rb id .

Mouton, mo ri (rarely morit i), mortuus, v . n. dep ., a174, to die. Mo rt

Mo s ou,- l ri, -l tus (more, delay), v . n. and a. dep ., to linger, to delay.

Mo sbsus, -s ,-um (mos, humor), adj ., Q 128, 4, cro ss, sullen, mo rass .

Mo v no , -ere, mov i, mo tun , v . a. , to mo v e, to exp el, to excite. Mo b .

Mox (mo v eo ), adv .,so on, directly.

Mo n ica,-é ris, f . s., a w oman.

Mo nrrrfino , -inis (multus), f . s., a 59, 2 ; Q 101 , 3, amu l titud e.

Memo s,-a,

-um (p . of mo lars , to increase), adj ., Q 125, 5, much:in the

pl ., many:multum, adv ., b194, 4, much, very, f ar. S ee L . l .

Mumcmmx , -i (municeps, a burgher, f rommunia— cspic, to ho ld f unc~

tions), n. s., a f ree to w n: the inhabitants o f municipio. enjoyed inv arious degrees the priv ileges o f Roman citizenship. Mun icip al .

Munro ,-ire,

-iv i or -ii, -itum (mccuin, ramparts), v . a., to f ortify: itermunire, to make a ro ad passable. Mun i tio n .

Mus e s,-bris, n. s., a duty, a f avor, a gift:maneri dare, to p resent.

Menus,-i, m. s., a w a ll, especially o f a city. Mura l .

Muss ,-ae, f. s., a Muse . The Muses, nine in number, w ere div inities

presiding o v er the difl'

erent kinds o f poetry, the liberal arts, and the

sciences. Mu seum.

Mo ro ,-are, -avi, -atum (contr. f rommov ito , f rommov eo ), v . a. and n.

freq . , § 187, I I . 1 (a), to change. In the passive, it sometimes hasthe fo rce o f a neuter deponent. M u tiny .

Muruus,-a,

-um (muto adj . , bo rrow ed, lent:pecuniammutuam dare,

to lend money. Mu tual .

N AM, conj ., Q 198, 7, R. (a), f or: in interrogations, o ften afiixed to a pro

noun for emphasis ; as , quisnam? p ray w hat i

N Al l q (nam— que), conj ., and — f o r, f or indeed, f o r.

Nanno , - l .re, - l .v i, -atum (kindred w ith gnarus, acquainted ; as sf = to

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

236 sun — supra.

Nun (no—vs), conj., Q 262, N . 4, and no t, and that no t, nor:neve

nave, or nou— neu, etc., neither — no r. See L . lv iii.

Nmus, -i, m. s., a nest.

Nu n , n. s. iudeo ., or Nmiu nt, -i, n. s., Q M (no— hilum; i.e. no t a trifle),no thing. Ann ih ilato .

Nuns, adv ., too much, excessively.

Nmms, -a,-um (nimis), too great, w eessive.

N I SI (no or ui— si), conj ., if no t, unless, ex cep t, only.

N os iu s,-e (o ld f o rm gnobilis, f rom guel eo or nosco ), adj Q I Z 9, 4, w ell

N ocru, see N ox .

N ona, v . a. and n., Q 178, 2, to w ill or w ish no t ; to be unw illing, to dislike.

Ncus s , -!nis (f or gnomen, f romgnocco or nosco), n. s. , Q 102, 4, a name.

NOR (contr. f o r l ie— unnm, no t o ne), adv ., no t, no ; the ordinary L atin

negativ e. See N s .

N oxnux (non— dum), adv ., no tyet.

N oun (non— no), adv . inter., no t f— asks a question so that an ami-mative answ er is expected. S ee L . li.

N on fan. (non— nihil), n. s. indec.,something: nonnihil temporis, con

siderable time.

N osmmnus, -a,-um (non— nullus), adj ., some.

N omtuxouu l (non— numquam), adv .,sometimes.

N o sco , -€re, no vi, notum (o ld f orm gno sco , v . a., Q 188, N . 3, to

become acquainted w ith, to learn; in the perfect tenses, to k no w .

N o te.

N os-run, -tra,-trum, po ss. pro ., o ur. N o strum.

N ora, fi re, i v i, -Btum (no ta, a mark), v . a., to mark, to censure. N o ta

tion .

N o v an, num. adj ., n ine.

N ovus, -s ,-um, adj . , Q 126, 8, n ew , f resh, no vel. N o v ice.

N ox, noctis, Q 57, f . s. , n igh t :noctu (abl. f o rm), by night.0

N UL L us, -s ,-um (no— ul lua), pron. adj ., Q 167; Q l 39, 5 no t any,

Nux, adv . inter. ; in direct questions, used w hen the answ er no is ex

pected, and then untranslated ; in indirect questions, it has the force

o f w hether. S ee L . li.

Nuxib i , -ae (literally, a nomad ; f rom the G reek), m. s., a N umidian, aninhabitant o f Numidia, in A frica, no w A lgeria.

N unavu t or Nuuquu (no— umquam), adv ., never.

N unc, adv ., no w .

N o rma (f or noviper, f romnovus), adv ., Q 194, 4, lately, recently.

o— oppnmo . 287

O.

0 !int , 0 !oh !Q 209, B. 13; b2s8, 2 ; Q 2“, B. 1.

On, pr., 5196, 9 ; a 197, 12 ; Q 2S S , bef o re, on account of ; f or.Osnfico , dire, -duxi, -duetutn (ob— duco), v . a., to draw before or over

obducta nocte, night having shut in.

Onirus, -cc ( obeo , to go to ), m. s., t 102, 7, decease, death. o u tum .

Out law ,-6re, -jeci, -jectum(oh— jncio ), v . a., to throw before or to w ard, to

taunt w ith, to p resent. o ne“.

Jrs, Jv i, Jtum (oh— ligo , to bind), v . a., to bind, to o b l ige.

Onni po , -§ re, -repsi, -reptum ( ob— repo ), v . n., to creep or steal up on.

Onsns, -idis ( ob— sedco , to sit), s. com. ,a hostage.

Onsb no , -6re, -sé dl, -sessum v . a., to sit dow n bef ore a p lace, to

blo ckade, to bel u ga.

Os 'rnxp i no , -i re, Jv i, Jtum (oh— tempera, to restrain), v . n., to conf orm,to submit, to o bey.

OI '

I'I NG O,

-6re, -tigi (oh— tango , to touch), v . n., to f all to one’s lo t, to

Osm cu n o ,-bnis (obtrecto , to detract), f. s., a 102, 7, defl ectio n ,

envy.

Onm x (sometimes w ritten separately, ob v iatn), adv é 228, tow ard, tomeet.

Occino , -bre, -cidi, -eisun (oh—caedo), v . a., to cut of , to bill, to put to

death.

Occirro , i re, -§ v i, Jtum( ob— capio), v . a., to seize, to o ccupy .

Ocrl v us, -a,-um (octo , eigh t), num. adj ., the eighth. Octav e.

Oc'

ro ons‘

inus, -a,-um (octoginta), num. adj ., the eightieth.

Oc'

roomrA (octo , eigh t), num. adj . iudeo ., eighty.

Oci'

mus, -i, m. s., the eye. Ocu lar.

01mm,-i (odi, I hate), n. s., Q 102, 2, hatred, enmity, u l lnm.

Orricm,-ere, 430i, -fectum ( oh— facio), v . n., to act against, to hinder.

Om o ,-§re, -misi, -missnm (oh—mitto), v . a., to let go , to say no thing of ;

to o n “, to cease.

01 10 8, -e, adj . , a ll, every, the w ho le:omnia mihi tecum Sunt, I entirelyagree w ith you in te snnt omnia, everything dep ends on you. One

n ibnn.

Ori n ,-as ( opus), f . s., p ains, care, exertion, service, agency. Op era.

Opi um,-ire,

-

perui, -pertum ( oh— pario o r perio), v . a., to cover.

Oront u'r,-ere, -uit (opus), v . n. impers., it is necessary or p rop er, it be

hoo v es, I (thou, he, etc.)must or ought.OPPIUB, -a,

-um, adj . Opp ian belonging to the gene Oppia, o r any mem

ber of it:Oppius, -i, m. s., Opp ius.

Orrnbto , -6re, -pressi, -pressum(oh— promo), v . a., to press do w n, to o ver

throw , to subdue. Omn es .

238 OPS— PARS .

Ors, opis (kindred w ith opus), f. s. , Q 94, p o w er, assistance in the plural,

Opus, -eris, n. s., w o rk, labor, bo th in abstract and in concrete, Q 26, 5,It. 2:opus est, there is need of , I w ant,

— in this signification op us is

used only in the nom. and ace. Op erate.

Onioo , -inis (crier), f. s., Q 59, 2, o rig in , a source.

Onion, -iri, -o rtus, v . n. dep., Q 177, to rise, to p ro ceed or sp ring f rom, tobe bo rn, to be derived. O rien t.

ORNA I RRTUI , -i (orno), n. s., Q 102, 4, an o rn amen t, equipment.0330 , A re, i vi, -ttum, v . a., to equip , to ado rn , to distinguish. O r

Ono , A re, i vi, -§ tum (cs), v . a., Q 187, I . 1, to p lead, to beseech. Orato r.

Os, oris, n. s., Q 61, 33 Q 94, the mouth, the f ace, utterance, impatience.

O ral .

Osu nno , «Ere, -tendi, -tensum and -toutun (ob or obs— tendo), v . a., to

spread bef ore, to exhibit, to declare. ( intona tio n.

P., abbrev iation of Punn us, q . v .

Pu ma, -i, m. s., the largest riv er o f I taly, no w the P o .

PA Lu s'mA , -ae, f . s. , a p alaestra l.o . a p lace w here gymnastic exercises

w ere practiced, esp ecial ly w restling ; also , the exercises of the p alace

tra . The Roman w riters do no t observ e the distinction betw een gymnasiamandp alaestra w hich the G reeks make.

PAL AH, adv ., p ublicly, op enly palam facere, to make know n.

PaL L inus, 4 1, -um (palleo , to be p o l e), adj . , Q 129, 2, p ale. P al l id .

PA L Lmn, -i, n . s., a mantle. A s w orn by the G reeks, it w as a rectangular

clo th, in shape like a shaw l or blanket. Phl l .

Psxp nru ns, -s , (Pamphylia), adj ., Pamp hylian, of Pamp hylia, a

country on the S . coast o f A sia Minor.

PA R, paris, adj . , Q 1 13, E xc. 3; Q 12'

6, 2, equal, like. P eer (the noun).PA RCUB, -a,

-um (kindred w ith perum), adj ., sp aring, f rugal. P ark .

PARENS, -ntis (p . of pario , to bring f o rth), s. com., a p aren t.

Pu ma, -ere, -ni, -itum, v . n. (kindred w ith pario , to bring f o rth) literally,

to app ear, especially to app ear at command, as a servant; hence,

frequently, to obey. P eer (the v erb).

PARO, -§ re, i v i, -§ tum (same ro o t as pareo , q . v . a., to p rep are.

Pans, partis, f . s., Q 82, E xc. 5, a p o rt, side, direction ; mul tis partibus,by a great deal, much: omnibus partibus, a ltogether:magnam o r

maximampartem, in great'

p art, f or the most p art:ex parte, p artlypro men (tuo , etc.)parte, to the best of my (your, etc.)ability. P arcel ,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

POLYBIUS— PRA ECOX. 241

Pon'

nms, -i, m. s., Po lybius, a G reek historian, born about 200B. 0.

Pourinw s,o i (strictly adj ., appellatio n of a Roman gens), m. s., Poss

p ilias.

Penc il , -i, n. s. , f ruit; l .o. ripe garden f ruit. POD -co.Porto , -ere, posni, po situm (f or po sino , pro or pa

—sino), v . a., to put, to

p lace, to set, to lay dow n. POI !

Pos '

rus,-i, m. s. (properly, the Black S ea , hence) Pontns, a country in

A sia Minor, on the coast o f that sea.

Poriinns, -i, m. s. , a p eo p l e. P o p u ince.

Poncw s,-i (strictly adj ., app ellation of a Roman gene), in. s., Po rcine.

Po n'rA ,-ae (f romthe ro o t of porto ; i.e. a p lace through w hich things

carried), f . s., a gate, a do o r. P o rter.

Po nro , i re,-£vi, -l tum, v . a., to bear, to cafl y . P o rtly .

Po ssux (po tis— sum), v . n., Q 154, R. 7, to be able, to have p o w er or in

fluence , I (tho u, etc.) can. P o sse.

Po sr (f o r pone est pone behind] o r perhaps shortened f rompositnm), adv . and pr., Q 235, af ter, since, behind.

PosrnA (po st and abl. ea), adv ., af terw ard.

Po srnZ Q UAx (a lso w ritten sep arately), adv ., af ter that.

Po sri nA , -um (po st), adj ., Q 125, 4, and R. 1, f o llo w ing, neat. Po sterity .

POS T Q UA l i (also w ritten sep arately), conj ., af ter that, af ter, since.

Po srni no (po sters , q . adv ., lastly.

Po srmnm (contr. f o r po steri die), adv ., on the nex t day.

Po sri’mo , i re, i v i, -t.tnm (po sse, to demand), v . a., to ask, to require.

Po rns s, -ntis (po ssum), p . a., p ow erf ul, p o ten t. P o ten tnte.

PornsrA s, -§ tis ( id. f . s., ability, p ow er, ofi ce, opp o rtunity.

Porl on, -iri, -itas (potis, able), v . n. dep., to take p o ssession of , to get thecontro l of .

Por w s, comp. ,rather: potissime or -um, sup., chiefly, esp ecially

adv ., Q 194, 4.

P01 0 , i re, i vi, -i tum and -um, v . a. and n., Q I62, 16, to drink.

PBA B (see PRO), pr., Q 195, 5, bef ore.

PnA snso , dire, -ui, -itum (contr. f rom prev— habeo), v . a., to of er, to f urnish, to sho w . P reb end .

PnA ncnpron, -bris (praecipio ), m. s., Q 102, 6, a teacher, a p recep to r .

PRA E OE P‘

I‘UN ,

-i ( id., n. n. s., an inj unction, a maxim, a p recep t.

PnA sclp to , -ere, -cépi, -ceptum (prae— capio), v . a., to take bef o rehand, toinstruct, to enj o in.

PnA E CL Z ns (praeclarus), adv ., Q 194, 2, excellently, very w ell.

PRA I CL I RUS , -a,-um (prae—c larus), adj ., distinguished, excellent.

PitAncox, -bcis (prae— coquo , to co o k ), adj ., Q 126, 5 (b), rip e bef ore itstinte, early ripe. P recocio us.

242 PRA ED IUM— PRODUCO.

Pm nm ,-i (kindred w ith praes, a surety as if land that can be

p ledged as security), n. s., an estate, a f arm.

Pnazri ao (prao— fero), v . a., Q 179, to bear or carry before, to p re fer .

Pnu imnl , -i (prae), n. s., a rew ard. P remium.

Pnannbn s ,-inis (prae— nomen), n. s. , thefi rst name, Q 279, 9 (b).

Pnas sns s, -ntis (praesum), p. a. , p resen t, in p erson, ready.

Pau smmu, -i (praeses, sitting bef o re), 11. s., Q 100, 5, a def ence, a guard,a garrison:praesidia ( sometimes), f o rces.

Pas s es-o , -are, -Iti, -£tum and -Itum (prae— sto ), v . a. and n. , to stand

bef ore, to excel, to sho w , to perf orm.

Pu nsvn (pm — sum), v . n., Q 154, R. 5, to p reside over, to command.

Paasn a (prae), pr. , Q 235, and adv ., besides, bfiyond, mo re than, than.

Pas srs nna (praeter and abl . ea), adv ., besides.

Pnasrnns o , -ire, -ivi and -ii, -itum (praeter— co ), v . n. and a., Q 182, R. 3,

to pass by o r o ver, to elapse, to omit. P reterl t.

Pu xron,-6ris (f o r praeito r, f romprae— eo ), m. s., Q 102, 6, a commander,

a p raeto r. The praetor w as amagistrate specially charged w ith the

administration o f justice.

Pnazrt‘

raa,-ae (praetor), f. s., thep raeto rship .

Pnsno , -6re, pressi, pressum, v . a. , to p ress , to aflict, to pursue.

PRE T IGS U S , -a,-m (pretium), adj ., Q 128, 4, co s tly, exp ensive, p recio us.

Pnsr mx , -i, u. s., w orth, p rice, w ages.

Pumas,-a,

-um (sup . of prio r, q. first:adv ., primum, first, and primo ,atfi rst, o rfi rst. P remier .

Pumas-rs, -ipis (primus— capio ), adj . , f o remo st: s., the first, a leader.

Pw ca,-us ( o bs. pris), adj . comp., Q 126, 1 , f ormer, p rio r: but o ften

( Q 120, l ike the sup., first: prins, adv ., bef o re, so oner. S ee

Plum s.

Plus'ris , 4 ,-um adj ., f ormer, p ristin e.

PRI U S Q UA H (prins—q uam; of ten w ritten sep arately), conj ., bef o re that,

a v i rus, -a,-um, adj . (p . of priv o , to dep riv e ; properly, sep arate f rom

the state), hence, p ri v ate , individua l.

PRO (o ld dat. m., as prae is dat. f ., f rom nom. per), pr., Q 196, 13; Q 197,17; Q 241 , bef ore, ( hr , instead of , according to .

Paonn (probus, up right), adv ., Q 194, 2, rightly.

Pnono , -i'

ire,- i tum v . a., Q 187, I . 1, to p ro v e, to appro ve.

Pnonmnl , -i, n. s., a shamef ul act, inf amy.

Ps ono , -6re, -didi, -ditum (pro— do), v . a., to show , to hand dow n, to be

tray:memoriae pradere, to relate.

Pnonflco , -6re, -duxi,

-ductum (pro— duco), v . a., to lead or bring f orth,to draw out, to p ro duce. Pro duct

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

Q UANDO— Q UI SQ UI S . 245

Q cm o (quis), adv . inter., w hen i also indefi, ever. Q uando is the interro gative w hen quam, the relative.

v us,-a,

-um (quam), pron. adj . inter., Q 137, 5 ho w great or

large ? also rel , as great ormuch as:tantus quantas, as great or

much as, such as, referring alw ays to sine: quanti, gem, how

greatly: tanti quanti, as greatly as . quanto , abl ., ho w much:tanto quanto , by so much by how much, or the the:quantum,adv . as much as. Q uan tity .

Q uam scmtovn, -tacumqne, -tumcumque (quanta s— eumque), pron. adj .indef . , ho w soever great or large. See Q uasi-cc.

Q uartz (qua— re, adv . inter. and rel., w heref o re, w hy.

Q uae-ms,-a,

-um (quatuor, b ur), num. adj., thef ourth. Q uart

Q UA BI (abl. qua— si), conj . , as i f, as it w ere.

Q ua, conj ., and ; alw ays amrod to the preceding w ord. Bee L . lv .

Qm, 1 , pro . rel. and inter. , Q 136 ; Q 137, 1, w h o , w hich, w hat:qnothe the. See L . lx.

Q UI , 2 (abl. of f o rego ing, Q 136, R. adv . inter. , how ?

Q u a (ace. p l. of qui), conj ., because.

c v xocn (qui— cumque), indef . rel. pro ., Q I36, 3, w ho w hish w hat

Q cmu (qui and the sui t: dam), indef. rel. pro ., Q 138, 5, a certain, some,a kind of , or simply a or an.

Q un w u (qni and the sufi cc dem, same as damin quidam), adv . , indeed, at

least, certainly:no quidem, no t even. Q 279, 3 (d).

v m (quid and ni f or ne ; also w ritten as tw o w ords), adv . inter., w hyno t

Q UIN (abl . qui— ne), conj ., that no t, but that, that.

Q unm]! (qui— num, q . pro . inter., Q 137, 2, w ho , p ray ? w hich, w hat,

etc. a stronger inter. than quis.

v ovn, num. adj. indec., fi v e .

Qm oums (quinque), num. adv ., j ive times .

Q mm s (or Q unm-nus), -i, m. s. , Q uinctius ; strictly adj., app el lation ofa Roman gens.

Q umrus, -a,-um (quinque), num. adj ., the fif th. A s a substantive,

Q umras, -i, m., a Roman praenomen.

Qms, pro . inter. , Q 137, 1 , and R. 3, w h o ? w hich? w hat ? also indef. after

certain particles, any one, some one, anything, something:quid? w hy

w heref ore?

Q msqv ax (quis— quam), pro . indef., Q I3S , 3 (a), (b), any one, anything.

S ee L . lxii. N . 9.

Q uisque (quis— qno), pro . indefi , Q I3S , 3 (a); Q 207, R. 35, each, every,

every one, everything w ith a sup. , all ; as, optimus quisque, al l the

Q u een s (quit —quis), pro . indefi, Q 136, 4, w ho ever, w hatever.

246 Q UIV I S— REDUNDO.

v s (qui— vis, f romv olo), pro . indef ., Q 138, 5, w ho or w hat you p lease,

any w ha tever, any or every one. See L . lxii. N . 9.

Q uo (o ld do t. and abl . f o rmof qni), adv . rel. and inter., w hither, w here, by

w hich, w heref o re:quo co , the the, Q 256, B. 16 A s a conj .,that, in o rder that. Bee L . Ix.

Q coan (qno— ad), adv ., as long as .

Q uon (ace. of qni), conj ., on w hich account, that, because, but.

Q uou‘

is v s (qno—minus ; literally, by w hich the less), conj ., that — no t;

f rom, after verbs o f hindering.

Q s oxbno (qno—modo ), adv . rel. and inter., in w hat w ay, ho w .

Q co oun (quod—q ueP), conj . , Q 279, 2 (d), also , to o .

Q uo r, pron. adj. iudeo ., Q 139, 5 ho w many? tot quot, as many

Q uoru ms (quot— annis ; i.e. in as many years as there are), adv ., ev ery

year, yearly.

Q uorms (quo t), num. adv ., how of ten, as of ten as. Q uo tien t.

Q uom scmtoun (quoties— cumquc), num. adv . indef., ho w ever of ten.

Q uorns, -a,-um (quo t), pron. adj ., Q 139, 5 w hat ? in number, order,

etc. quota hora est? w hat o’clock is it ?

00 17! or Cm:(ace. f ormof qni), conj ., w hen, since, altho ugh, w hile.

B.

RAT IO, -bnis (roor), f . s., Q 59, 1 ; Q 102, 7, an account, a p lan, a w ay,

Ru ns, p . of Bron, q. v .

R! o r RE D, pr., Q 196 (b), again, back.

Rsnsnno , i re,-i v i, -§ tum (re— hello), v . n., to w age w ar again, to reb el .

Racnns, -ntis, adj ., f resh, recen t, modern.

Racism,-bre, o cé pi,

-ceptum (re—capio ), v . a. , to regain, to receiv e , to

admit:se recipere, to w ithdra w . Receip t.

Rs ciro , S i re, i v i, -§ tum (re— cito , f rom eieo ), v . a. freq. , Q 187, I I . 1 (a),to read o ver, to recite :recitare catalogam, to call the ro ll.

Rncrn (rectus, p . of rego ), adv . , Q 194, 2, rightly, w ell.

Rscfiso , -£re, i v i, Jtum (te —causa), v . a. , to o bject to , to ref use. Ro

cusan t.

RBDDO, dire, -didi, -ditum (red— d o), v . a. , to give back or up , to r end er ,

to rep eat.

Rnns o , -ire,-ivi and -ii, -itum (red— cc), v .

'

n., to go or come back, to

return.

Banmmo , A re, -§ vi, -i tum (red— undo), v . n ., to o v erflo w , to red o und s

redundare in (figuratively), to p romo te. Redundant.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

248 su mma— su m.

m -L l e ver-e.a bco , i n , i v i, Jinn (rs— vcco ), v . a., to recall. I nvo k e .

-9 I v y-lBnonl sus, -i, n . a , a river o f G al lia, no w the l b s-e.

Bl o oms, -a, a n (Rhadns), adj ., of ; or belo nging to , Rhodes, an island 8.

W. o f A sia l iner:Bhodii, -o rn|n, n . s., the Rhodians.

Brahms -s , 4 m (rim to bo nmn di 1 129, A ru mB laoa, Jria n . a , Q 102, l , rigar , stes

'nness.

Bu ns, -ns (rideo , to lau gh; w hence deride), l l . s., 7, laughter.

Renam e,-i, l l . s., Ro bert.

Renam e,-a, 4 1111 (rohnr, a hand kind of ank), adj., strong, ro b- t.

Bose , Jre, -Bv i, a ttun, v . a., to ask.

Ron ,-an, t. s., Bon e.

Bonm nsrs,-e (Roma), adj ., a w ord found only inmodern L atin:Roma

neacsa linguae, the r omance languages, including in the w idest

sense those modern languages w hich have gro w n out o f the Roman,or Latin, —the I talian, French, S panish, Portuguese, etc.

Real ms,-a, mm adj ., Q 128, 5 (c), I la-an .

Bonn ,-bra, -hrnm, adj ., red. I nb rle (seeWebster).

Em s,-i, m. s., Ruf us, a common Roman cognomen:properly, uti.,

é Dc s eountq . Bars ].

8.

as cen t s-run,

-i (sacro , to ntaks sacred), n. 4, an oath o f alle

giance taken by soldiers. S acra-l ent.S eem ico , -i re, i v i, Jtan (sneer— facio), v . n. and a., to of erm i l es .

Bu rn (sacpis), adv ., Q 194, 5, oflen.

S s omrrmt, -i, n. s., Saguntum, a city on the E . coast o f Hispania.

Bu rn s, -ae, t. s., sal iv a.

S A L“ ! (contr. f rom salhtim, f ront salvus ; literally, reserved), adv ., at

least, at all events.

Sant o s, -ns, m. s., strictly, a f orest-pasture hence, a. w o oded chain ofmountains.

Su ms, -ntis (salvus), f . s., 367, 2, saf ety. S alute.

S ALVBO, - é ro v . n., Q 183, 9, to be w ell: salv e, go od-day, go od

mo rning.

S A L v'

Us,-a,

-m , adj ., Q 126, 5 (b), sal e. S av e.

8m (sauna, sound, sane), adv ., w ell, indeed, to be sure.

S smms 'rmt, -i (sarpo , to prune), n. s., Q 102, 4, light branches, brushw o od.

Su m, adj . iudeo. and adv ., Q 126, 4 ; Q 194, 4, snough, sqfllcicnt, sufi ciently

caverns— su ave. 249

satius, comp., preferable, better: satin habere, to be content: satin

hone, pretty w ell. M e.

Bs ucxus, -a,-um, adj ., w ounded.

S OA P I A , -R0 , to .s’ amBarnu m,

-ae (sciens), f. s., Q 101, 4, kno w ledge, sale-es , shill.S on ic“ (seire —licet), adv ., Q 198, 7, B . (a), evidently, of course, to be

sure sometimes, as an explanato ry particle, namque, f or.8010 , A re, -iv i and -ii, -l tum, v . a., to kno w .

801e ,-6uis, m. s., S cip io , the name o f a family

‘

o f the gens Comella.

S cul so , Jre, soripai, scriptum, v . a., to w rite. l erlp (a certificate).

S cmrrfius , -ae (set ibo), f . s., Q 102, 7, It. 2, a w riting. S crip t-re.

83, pr., Q 196 (b), apart. See

S s cusnv s, -a,-um (seanor), p. a., the f o llo w ing, second:secundnm, adv .

and pr., secondly, next, af ter.

Brahms, -is (seco , to cut), f . s., Q79, 2 ; Q 82, E 1 0. 2, an an.

S now s, comp. socius (sequor:hence, literally, f o llo w ing, . or less than,

something else), adv . , Q 194, 5, o therw ise nihilo secius, nevertheless.

831) (the same as the prep . 83, q. v . ; hence, literally, apart f rom), conjQ 198, 9, It. (a), but, on the contrary.

Snani eo , - l v i, ( se— grcx ; i.s . to set ap artf romtheflock), v . a.,

to separate, to remo ve. S egregate

Bsm o o , «i re, -junxi, -junctum ( se— juugc), v . a., to disj oin, to separate.

S sn m sv u (so , met intensive, and ipsum), himself ; muchmore emphaticthan as. Q 133, R. 2.

Beurra, adv ., ever, alw ays.

Earp h on es,-i, m. s., S empronius strictly adj., appellation of a Roman

gens.

S im on ,-ae (semi— uncis, an o unce), f . s. a half -ounce 1-24th of a

p ound.

833A , -ae, t“. s., S ena, a to w n o f Umhria, in the N . E . o f Italy, now S ini

stem.

Sash -on,

-6ris (senex), m. s. , a senato r.

S n l rus, -us m. s., the senate" senatum dare, to give an audience

of the senate. The senate w as the supreme council in Rome, and

consisted, until a late period, of three hundredmembers.Saltnm-us, -ntis f . s., Q 67, 2 ; Q 101 , 2 o ld age.

Snn x , senls (contr. f or senicus, f rom sense , to be o ld), adj .

, Q 126, 4, andB. 1, o ld ; as substantiv e, an o ldman. S enex w as one o ver sixty years

of age ; senior, one over f o rty-five. The adj . is defectiv e in the non .

and see. n. pl. of the po s., and n. sing. o f the comp. S ir .

S exism (sentio ; hence, literally, perceptibly), adv ., Q 192, I I . E xc. l , gra

dually, slo w ly.

Sns sus, -as m. s., Q 102, 7, percep tion, sensation, sense:sine sensu,

imp ercep tibly. S ensu al .

250 S ENTENT I A— S IVE .

8m 4 0 ( id., f or sentientia), f. a , Q IOI , 4, an op inion, a decision,a sen ten ce, a sen timen t:sententiam ferre, to vo te, as an assembly, or to decide, as a judge:ex mva (tun, etc.) sententia, to my (yo ur,etc.) satisf action. S en ten tia“

8m m, -ire, sensi, sensum, v . a., to f eel, to perceive, to no tice: bone (o rmale) sentire, to be w ell (o r ill) disp o sed:sentire cum, to agree w ith.

S cen t.

S s rsnimr (capt i-o , to separate , to sev er), adv ., Q 192, I I . E xc. 1, sep a

Bsm r , num. adj ., sev en .

S un -luv s, -a,-m (u ptem), num. edi., the seventh.

S s rrus es slxv s, -g -um (scptunginta), num. adj ., the seventieth.

Brav o s , -i, secutus o r sequutus, v . a. dep., to f o llo w . S u it.

S l ni lms,-a,

-um, adj., clear, sere ne . S erenad e (seeWebster).Bl u e,

-6nis (sero , to connect hence, literally, connected discourse), m. s.,

conversation, speech, discourse, language. S ermo n .

Brno , -6rc, sev i, satum, v . a. , to so w sibi quisque serit, quisque metit

(pro verbially every one looks outf or himself .

Barrens, -ntis (p . of serpo , to creep ), com., Q 64, 3, a serp en t.

S navmns,-i, m. s., S ervilise strictly adj ., app ellation of a Roman gens.

S l av i'

mv s, -i (servus), m. s. dim., Q 100, 3, a young slave, a servant-lad.

Brav o s, -i, m. s. , a serv an t, a slave. S erf .

830 , sho rtened f ormof 811m, (1. v .

S s v i ns (sev erus), adv ., Q 194, 2, austerely, strictly.

Sun ni-me,-£tis f . s., Q 101 , 2, sev erity , strictness.

Snv i nv s, -a,-um, adj ., stern, strict, sev ere.

S i , conj ., if , w hether:quod si, Q 198, 5, R. (a).

(kindred w ith hie), adv .,so , thus.

S w ims,-i, m. s. , S ilenus, a G reek historian.

S w ims, -e, adj Q 125, 2, like, simil ar.

8mm. (similia), adv . , at the same time, together w ith: simul so , as soon as .

S imu l taneo us.

Smo t i cnux , -i (simillo ), u. s., Q 102, 5, a likeness:pugnac simulacrum,

‘

a

shamfight.SmfiL o , -§ rc, (similia), v . a., Q 187, I . l , to imitate, to p retend,

to s imu late . S emb lan ee.

Sm (si— no), conj ., if o n the contrary, but if ; sinminus, but if no t.

Smn (so o r sed— no), pr., Q 241 , w ithout.Smefim,

-s.e,-a, num. adj ., one by one, slush , each. S ingular.

Sn usrnu,-tra, -trum, adj ., Q 126, 4, on the lef t hand or side, lef t:ad o r in

sinistram (partsm), tow ard the lef t: a sinistra (parte), on the lef t.

S in is ter .

S tv s o r S an ( sl— v e), conj., or if :sive siv e, or sea sen, w hether

or, in afi rmative propo sitions.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

252 surano— rmno .

Berino , -l v i, Jtnm (super, abo ve), v . n. and a., to be superio r, to

S ursnw n (super— sum), v . n., Q 1“, R. 5, to be o ver and above, to remain,to survive.

Suri uus, -a,-um adj Q l 25, 4, upper: superior, comp. , higher,

sup erio r , preceding cum us, sup. highest, greatest, mo st distin

guished. S ummi t.Burn (f o r supera, adv . and pr., Q 235, abo ve, beyond, p reviously.

S uuo o , -ere, -rexi, -rectum (contr. f or surrlgc, f rom sub— rego), v . n., to

rise. S urge.

Busc‘

irto , -ere, -cepi, -septum (sub— capio), v . a., to take up , to undertake,

to incur. S uscep tib le.

Busrtcxo , -6nis ( suspicor, to susp ect), f . s., Q 59, 1 , susp icion .

S usi-in c,-ere, -tinui, -tentum (sub— tense), v . a., to sus tain , to endure,

to w ithstand. S ustenauee.

S usri'

mx, see T OL L o .

S uns, -a,-um, po ss. pro . , “39:B . 2, of or belonging to himself, herself ,

itself , themselves his, her, its, their ; one’s o w n.

S rnhcflsu , d rum, f. s., Syracuse, a city o f S icily, no w Biracusa.

Bran ,-ac, f. s., Syria, a country of A sia, lying betw een the Mediterra

nean and the E uphrates.

T .

T ABBL L ABIU S , -i (tabella, a w riting tab let), m. s. , a letter-carrier, a

T hu s,-e, pron. adj ., l 139, 5 such. S ee Q usu s.

T A! (an o ld ace. f rom the demo nstrative ro o t t), adv ., so , so much. See

Q UAI .

T A lmn (tam conj ., no tw ithstanding, yet, still.

T A I Q UA I o r T A-N Q UA H (f romtam—q uam), adv . , as much as, as ifTANDEM (tam, and the “fi t dom), adv ., at length, final ly:in interroga

tiv e clauses, p ray, p ray now .

Tm us,-a,

-um (tam), pron. adj ., l l ” , 5 so great, such:alternmtantnm, tw ice as much acc. tantnm, adv ., only. S ee Q um us.

T ARDUS, -a,-um, edi. , slow , tardy .

Tncrommt, -i (n. adj . f rom tego , to cover ; w hence tegument), n. s.,

p laster.

Tanrnnsm s ,-ac (tempero , to restrain, to temp er), f. s., l 101 , 4, ta n

p eranee , moderation.

T impa ni , -i, n. s. (contr. f o r tempiilum, dint. of tempus, a p ortio n cut of ,hence), l iterally, something sep arated to a sacred use a temp l e.

T aurus, -6ris (see T ann er), n. s. , time:pl. , the temp l es .

Tnn o ,-ere, tenui, tentum, v . a., to ho ld, to reta in . T en or .

n am e—41311300. 258

Tuu m -L un a, Terentius ; strictly adj., an appellatio n of a Romangens.

Tran ,-ae, t. s., the earth, the land: terra manque, by land and sea.

Tun-no s, -a,-um (tor, th rice), num. adj ., the th ird :tsrtium, ace., and

tertio , abl. (as adverbs), f or the third time, thirdly, in the third place.

Tm ori nas , 4 mm (G reek, Ho t Gates), i. s., Thermopylae, a celebrated

pass betw een Mt. Oeta and the set , in Thessaly, in the N . B. of

G reece.

Tnon s,-ae, m. s., Thom .

T L , abbreviatio n of Tra uma, (1. v .

T w i s ts, -ls, m. s., l " :l 3682, 2, the river f iber, in Italy.

Traum a,-i, m. s., Tiberius, a Roman praenomeu.

Tunco , -ere, -ui, v . a. and n., Q 262, R. 7, to f ear. T imid .

Tu o ,-bnis, in. s., a young so ldier, a recruit, a beginner.

T oes , o ae (tsgo , to cover), f. s., the toga ; the outer garment o f a Romancitizen in time o f peace. It w as a large curved piece o f cloth, sometimes semicircular, fo lded about the body in various fashions.

T OLLO, -bre, sustiili, sublhtum (the second and third roo ts ars f romsnfl'

bro,

to sufi r), v . a., to take up or aw ay, to cs t ofi to destroy. T o lerate.

T onco ro , -é re, torsi, tortum, v . a., to turn about, to tw ist, to distress.

T o rch .

T or, pron. adj. iudeo., Q 139, 5 so many. Bee Q uor.

T oms,-a,

-um, adj., entire, w ho le. M .

Tm fico , Jre, -duxi, -ductum (trans—duco ), v . a., b233 ( l ), to leadacross or o ver. Fromanother signification, to lead along in dishono r,

Tnu ss o ,-ire, -ivi and -ii, -!tum (trans—cc), v . n. and a., Q 182, R. 3, to

go across, to cross orpass over. M t.

T uu sirus, -us (transco), m. s., b102, 7, a passage. T ransit.

Tm mi no s, -i, m. s., Trasimsnus, a lake in E truria, now Lago di

Perugia.

Tuu m,-ae, f . s., Q 42, 1, the river Trebia, now Trebbia, emptying into

the Po fromthe south.

Tascnm ,-ae,

-a ( tres— centum), num. adj ., three hundred.

Tans, tris , num. adj ., 3109, th ree. T rice (i.s. w hile one can count

three).T w inma,

-i, m. s. (tribus, a trib e ; hence), properly, a tribe ofi cer ,’ a

tribun e. Of the v arious classes o f tribunes the most celebrated

w ere the tribuni p lebis, ten in number fromB. C. 457, elected to dotend the rights o f the commons against the nobility. T ribunal .

Tm UOy“a“, 4 11, “at“ , V. .s’ b bu t” , ‘0 “mm e m u“.

254 TRI ENN IUM— UTI LI S .

T atum ,-i (tres—annus ; properly n. adj . agreeing w ith spatium), n. s.,

the space of three years. T riennial .

T aw nrno , 4 1's, d vi, -htum (triumphus, a triump h ), v . n., to triump h.

A triumph w as a so lemn procession headed by the senate andmagistrates, in w hich the victorious general, pm eded by his captiv es and

spo ils, and fo llo w ed by his tro ops, passed through the city to on‘

er

sacrifice to Jupiter in the Capito l.T o , s. pro ., Q 133, th an , you.

Tm:(an o ld ace. like Tu , q. adv ., then.

T usci'

mmt, -i, n. s., Tusculum, a to w n o f Latium, in Italy, now Frascati.Tuus, -a,

-um (tu), poss. pro ., thy , your.

U .

Us:(f or quubi, o ld dat. of qni), adv . rel . and inter., w here, w here ? w hen,

s e( mom:(ubi— cumque), rel. adv . indef ., w herever.

Us ls sn (ubi— nam), adv . inter., p ray w here t The penult is occasionally

long.

Ut nus, -a,-um (contr. f o r nulllus, f rom unus), pron. adj . dim., Q 107

Q 139, 5 any.

UL ‘rnmon, comp., UL

'rh w s, sup. (o bs. p o s. alter, f rom nls, beyond), adj . ,

Q 126, 1, f urther, u l terio r ; f urthest, utmost, highest, meanest. Ou t

UHQ UA I or UN Q UA H (contr. f o r unnm—q uam), adv ., at any time, ever.

Un ions (undo— qno), adv ., f iom or on a ll sides, everyw here.

Umv s s sus, -a,-um (unus— verto), adj ., all together, un i v ersal . Uni

Ulms,-a,

-um, pron. adj Q 107; Q 139, 5 o ne , alo n e:ad unnm, to a

man:adv . una, abl . , Q 192, 4 (a), together. Unit.

Ususomsous , indef . pro ., Q 138, 4, eachp articular one, each.

Units, -is (orbis, a circle, o rb ), f . s., Q 83, 3, a w a lled tow n, a city.

Usqnn, adv . , al l the w ay, continually.

Usus, -us (utor), m. s., Q 102, 7, use, exp erience:usu v enire, to occur.

U sual .

Ur (f romthe ro o t of qni, as its correlativ e ita fromis), adv ., as, as so on as,

w hen:nt ita, no tmerely but also conj ., that, so that.

Urns , -tra, -trum (f or quuter, f rom qui), pron. adj ., Q 107, w hich o f

tw o .

Un s een, -tri que,-trun que (uter—que), pron. adj ., Q 107, both, each o f

tw o .

Urlms, -e (utor), adj . , Q 129, 4, usef ul, profitable. U til ity .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

256 “ anon— w uss .

verbi causa, f or examp le:meis (tuis, etc.) v erbis, in my (your, etc.)name, f o rme (you,

Vunnon, -bri, verltus, v . a. dep., Q 262, B. 7, to apprehend, to f ear.

Vrno (abl. of v otes), adv . and conj ., in truth, indeed, but indeed. S ee

Vanson, Jrl, Jtus (verto), v . n. dep. freq., Q I S7, I I . 1 (a), properly, toturn ormo ve about in a place, to live, to be anyw here. Versatil e.

Vl asus, -na (v erto), m. s., Q 102, 7, properly, a turning ; hence, a f urro w ,because at the end o f it the plough w as turned round; then, fromtheresemblance, a line o f w riting, a v erse.

Vnut o , -6re, -ti, -sum, v . a. and n., to turn. Versio n.

Vanuu (ace. of verus), conj., Q 198, 9, It. (a), but no tw ithstanding, butyet.Vanna, -g -m , adj ., true, real:v erum, -i, n. s., truth. Verity .

Vuscoa, -i, v . n. dep., Q 245, to eat.

Vac-ran, -tra.,-trum(f or v ector, f romv os), po ss. pro ., your (pL).

Vusrutusruu, -i (vestio, to clo the), n. s., Q 102, 4, a garment, clo thes.

V eatsnent.

Vs su s, -is, f . s., a clo th, a garment. Vest.Vu't o , 4 m,

-ui, -l tum (v etus hence, properly, to leave a thing in its o ld

state), v . a., Q 273, 2 (d), to f o rbid, to p rohibit. V eto .

Var-us, -bris, adj., Q I 26, 3, aged, o ld :v etores, -um, m. s., the ancients,

f oref athers. Vete ran .

VIA , -ac (co , to go), f . s., a w ay , a street. Vo yage.

Vtcs sbms, -g -um (v iginti), num. adj the tw entieth.

o xssnt (vicis, change ; w hence v icissi tud e), adv ., Q 192, I . 1 , in turn.

ViC'i'liiA , -ae (v ico , to bind), f . s., a beast for sacrifice, bo und w ith the fillet,

or vitta a v ictim.

V IDE O, -é re, v idi, v isum, v . a., to see:v ideor, -bri, v isus, to be seen, to

seem, to appear:impers., it seems go o d:mihi v ideor, I think. View .

ViG IL IA , -ae (v igil , aw ake), f. s., w akef ulness, w atching ; a w atch: the

Romans divided the night into four w atches o f three hours each.

V ig ilau t.

V iam x, num. adj. iudeo ., tw enty.

V l L l s, -e, adj ., cheap , mean, v il e.

V IL L A, -ae, f . s., a country-house, a v il la. Vil la in (socWebster).

Vu co ,-bre, v ici, victum, v . a., to conquer. V anq u isl l .

Vmci'mmt, -i (vincio, to bind), n. s., Q 102, 5, a f etter: in v inculis, in

v u,-i, n. s., w in e. Vino us.

V iB, v iri, m. s., a man. Sec L . xxxv . Virile.

VIRGA, -ae (v ireo , to be green), f. s., a green branch, a rod. Verge (seeWebster).

w arns— m a. 257

e us,-ntis (vir), f. s., Q 67, 2, properly, no nliness hence, bravery,

courage, w o rth, v irtue.

s , v is, f. s., é 85, strength, vigor:the pl. is frequently used w ith the

same meaning:v i expngnare, to take by assault.

Visus, -ns (v ideo), m. s., a 102, 7, sight, a sight. Visua l .

Vru ,-ae (f or v iotn, f rom v iv o ), f . s., life. V ital .

Vrrmu, -i, n. s., a f ault, v ice:v itio vertere o r tribnere, to reckon any

thing a f ault. Vitiate .

Vrv o , -bre, v izi, v ictum, v . n. to live. V ictaah .

Vrv us, -a, d ln (v iv o , to live), adj., alive, living.

Vxx, adv ., w ith dzfi culty, hardly, barely.

Vo cn finms, -i (v oco , w hence vo cal ), n. s., a name, a w ord. V o cabu

Voco , -are, Jv i, -atnm (v ex), v . a., to call, to invite. Vo catio n.

V o w , v . a. and n., 5178, 1, to w i l l , to be w illing, to w ish, to like.

Vou nt'u s,-atis (v o lo), f . s. , w ill, go od w ill, disp osih

'

on.

Vox, v ocis, f . s., a v o ice, a sound. Vo w el .

Vunso , -6nis, m. s., Vulso , a Roman cognomen.

Z m ,-se, f . s., Z ama, a tow n of Numidia, B.W. o f Carthage; now Jams.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

260 w oman man .

A smany— as, tot— gust. a or ab:otherw ise, by thesivp le

Assure— I au ure you, narro tibi

A thens, A thenas.

A w are—to be, sentio . Can, possum.

Care, cura.

Care—care little about, p erumBadly, male. facio .

Be— tc be, esse: to be, deno ting

m e. w e. or pron-fay.

byM pm M k ; 1 274.B. 7 8:after certain adjec

tives, by latter sw ine; i 276,III .:otherw ise by the pass. in

finitive. It‘

cannot be, f eri non

p o test.

Beautiful, pulcher.

Because, to be expressed by an

ing 10. apreceding noun.

Become,flo:become of , see Q 250R. 8.

Behooves— itObehoov es, op ortet.

Belong— it belongs to , estf o llow ed

by a genitive. i 211 , B. 8 ; l ,

2, 8.

Beloved, amatus.

Benefit, prosam, benef aeio .

Best friend, amicissimus.

Body of tr00ps, manus.

Book, liber. Cut— cut to pieces, caedo .

Bo th, adj. , ambo .

Both -and, m m.

Boy, puer. Day, dies: from day to day, in

Bring, f ero . dies:every day, in omnes dies .

Brother, f rater. Deceiv e, verba do . See L. xv , N. 2.

But, sed, autem, vsro , verum. Q 27O, Depend on, see L. xxxvn , N. 4.

8, c. Deserv e to be— deserving of, see

But no t, nequc. L. m , N. 8.

By, referring to a voluntary agent, Design, id ago at.

Carry on, ago .

Cause, causa.

Celebrated, celeber.

Certain, see A certain.

Certainly, vero (intensive),(concessive), L. m .

Characteristic— it is characteris

tic o f , est f ollo w ed by a genitive;

l 211 , R. 8

Circumstance, res.Citizen, civis.

City, urbs.

Come, venia.

Concerning, de.

Conduct, v . , ago .

Confess, confiteor.

Confuse, conturbo .

Contain, cap io .

Control— get control o f , potior.

Cunning, saf er.

meu s]:mnnx. 261

Desire, s. , amor.

Destroy, deleo . nom.

Diflicult, difieilis. Excellent, op timus.Exhaust, confide.

in honepartem.

Dislike, no lo: I should dislike,

Disposed— to be w ell or ill dis

posed, bene ormale sentire.

Disquiet, conturbo .

Do , f acio do w ith, see 1 250, B.Famous, celeber.

8:asan auziliary verbmo ttrans F“:longe:“ f“ “r in restrictive

la ted. See, also , L. m , N. 4.clauses, M d. w . “QM "

Do good to , see Benefit. Father, pater.

During, a sign of the ace. of m Fav or, s. , venia.

4286.Fm ) Vs ; ”a ” .

Duty— it is my (your, duty,

meum(tuum, &c.) est.

Each, quisque, m gm’

sgue if em

phatic.

E at, edo .

E ither or, aut out, orvel— vel.

S ee L. Lvm,

311503, “t“

Enough— not enough, p erum.

Entirely, see L. xxxvn , N. 8.

E specially, numme.

E steem, facio .

E ven, etiam, quidem (L. m ):

Ever— if ever, si quando lestev er, Friend, amicus, s.ne quando :as an afi x, -cumgue. Friendly, amicus, adj.

E very, omnis. From, de, e or at (out o f

E v ery one, quisque. Fruit, pomum; collectively, poma,

EviL adj malus:s. , malum.

Few — too few , perummulti.Finish, confido .

Fond, amans .

For— for of , by the objective

genitive:= fi~om, by de or or, as

multis de cousis, for many rea

sons:= in behalf of , bypro , or

by abl. causa w . gen.:to denote

himfor w hose advantagea thingis done, by the dative:as a con

junction, nam, enim, l 198, 7,after to o many, and

similar expressions, translated

by quam and a rel . clause. 1264, 4.

Fortunatc, f eliz.

262 meummnnx.

G irl, puella.

G ive, do

G o , eo

G o out, ezeo .

G od, Deus.

G oing to (denoting intention or

purpose), fi t. act. particip le:

also by fimner sup ine w . eo , §278, II , B. 2.

G ood, bonus:itseemsgood, videtur.

G oods, bona, pl .

G rant, do .

comptera :as great— as, seed s

great.

G reatly, multum, multo (L . I ! f ):w ith esteem, think, &0. magni

Q 214.

Have, 3d p erson of mmw . dative

o f possessor, or utor w .predicate

abl . , ii 226 ; 245, N .:have to

do any thing, expressed by f ut

pass.participle.

He— she— they— as mm , and not

emphatic, generally expressedWthe tm fi ation of the verb Human— it is human, hominis est.sometimes by is, referring to a

preceding subject, and also as

the antecedent of a follo w ingI ‘

qni w hen ” phal lic anddistinct I , ego generally expressed, w henice in any case, by ille or his. not emphatic, only by theM :

In the oblique cases !” «i, M nationof theverb.

if referring to theprincipal sub

ject ; otherw ise by the propercase of is, unless ille or his is

required for enmhasis ; but. ifthepossessive genitive, generallyuntranslated, if it is evident to

w hen thepossessiverefers. (L.

magni. l 214.Himself herself themselvesw hen an ad). pro. , by fine;w hen a 8. pro. in an oblique

case, by sui, &c.

, or, if entphatic,by sui, &c., w . gnu— specagreeing either w . sui, &c. , or w . the

subject, according as either is

more emphatic. Sec Self .

Home— athome, domi:f romhome,domo :home (w ard), demum.

Hope, spes.

House, domus.

How -r how m in w hat mam .

quombdo . to w hat extent,

quam of w hat kind, qualit:

fromw hat cause, abl . qui.

How great or large, quantas.

How greatly ormuch, w . esteem,&c. , quanti adv . , quantum:w . w ords denotingW uhan,

Q uanta.

How many, quot.How ever, by the afi x« amque (L.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

264 m u n mm ;

l ay, lied (denoting permission), Needml, opus as M in ts u m.

p ossum (denoting posssr o r p os [210, B. 5 flee N eceesary .

sibility), orsulg’

unstiss (denoting Neither, new s or nee: neither

nors ” P ith orm ‘ mMeamv . , vo lo . a , s.

Meanly, w . esteem, &c. , ass L ittle.

Means—by no mean , sns’

nima place o f nequc. L. LVI I I, 1'

Mellow , mitis.

Nev ertheless, tamen.

New s— to tell good or bad new s

of, bene ormale narrare do.More, adj . sing p lus neuter w . a No , no rather, imn.

N0 one , none, no , nullus.

pl.w h en: ,piurie

the sulg’mctice and im ative: in

sing. w . a partitive gen. follow some expressions (l 202.B. 10,

l ) a relative and not are trans

Mostly, map-emor und u e-sparNot ev en, as— guidan, w ith fi le

Mother, mater. emphatic w ord bets-sen.

Much, adj . , multus, used in the Notice, v . , semis.

sing. as a neat. substantive w .

0

adv . , malam or, w . w ords o f 0, sign of vocativs sase.

w ar-icon, multa (L. L, f ), or

much, adv . , see l ost. by de w ith abl . z: concerning.

On, in = upon:de= cnncerningza

Must, j ut.pass. particip le, or op or

tell it behooves. L.

My, meus but o ften untranslated,

w hen it is ev ident to w homthe

N.

meis (tuis , &c.) verbis.

Nan-ate, narro .

Necessary— it is necessary, opus

Need, opus:I need, opus estmihi.

tion from; as, on the right w ing,a dsztro comu:ds or sz z fi wom.

Onm ount of , sh]. w uss , w . gon. ,

or possessive pron.

One, cm (L. nm, N. Bee

alias and alter (L.m ).Ono’s— one

’s friends, sui, Q 206, R.

7 momm a-mmB. 7 so one

’s o w n: one

’s

self , sui, sibi, so, w ith’

er w ith

out the adjunctive ip so, m oul

ing as more or less emphatic.

Only,modo , so les».

Only one, usus, so lus.

Opinion, semantic: in my (thy, Play, seaM t.

&c.) opinion, n os (tuo , t o .)sententia, abl . Possession—take possum o f,

Or, out, eel or w e, sios or ssu

or if , an:the last only in dis

junctivequestions. BeeWh aler. low ed by signs-la in o f the adj.

Or if , sivs or sou.

Order - in order to:for the vari ble in English, sanr w hichp os

ous modes of expred ng this, sumcan follow , at option, agree

Boe fl at. ing w . the nm st n bjaet. §Other, see o liusand alter (L.mm). 127, 4.

S ee also L. nm, N. 5. Pow er—4 c havem , p osse:to‘

Ou ,ght fist. pass. partio’

p ls, or be in the pow er of, iam ssss.

op ortet (it behooves, L. Pow erful , p otens:to be pow erful ,

Our, noster, but o ften uni-assisted, p o sse.

w hen it is evident to a bout the Praise, lauda.

possessiv e refers. Prefer, malo .

Out of, s or a .

Ow n— one’s ow n, see Ono

’s. or so to. f ormer «grins. 4 276,

PII , R. 2.

Pardon, s. , o ss ia .

Pardon, v . ,emian JO. 800 14 . xv , M y, m , gins, or pl , : 0150

N. 2. expressed by . tssut.p l. of a p osfPart, pars:it is the part of , est sessiospro . { 206, B. 7

so. m. , Q 211 , B . 8 it is Pro gperity, ya bonae.

Pro sperous, p rosp er orproy ssus.

Put to death, oooido .

part, for themost part,magnam,

Partly, p artim, as:parts.

Party— to act w . this orthat party,

Peroeivc, sentio .

Perhaps, baud scio an, orm eis an. debate a question, causamPermission, venia. it is a question, M m.

Pesnfit , osnicmdo (in the sense ofindulge, otherw ise), licet, a: it

is permitted by loss or usage.Pity

— I (thou, &c.) pity, m (to,its.)missrst.

266 mou se w o rx.

rather, malo : rather w . the

p ositive degree to be translated S entence, sententia.

9 (a).Reason, causa:w hat is the reason ?

quid eausae est S everely, act-iter.

Remind, moneo:I w ould (w ish to)have you reminded, to mositum She, her, see He.

(esse) velim. Should, see L. xrv , N. 4, L.

xvx, N . 8:w hen denotingmerecontingency, by the suly

'

wnctive.

Repute—to be in good or bad re S ide— this or that side, Me or

puts , bass ormale audire. illac.

Bight, Jester. S ince, 91mm, or a ret.pron. so. sub

j unctive.

S ister, soror.

S lay, caedo .

S . S lyly, ouf re.

S ake— for the sake o f, causa, w . Small , p o rous.

gen. S o , tam:see A s.

S ame, idem. 80 great or large, tantus:see A s

S atisfaction— to my (your, &c.) great.

satisfaction, es:mea (tuo , &c.) 80 many, to t:see A smany.

sententia. Thepo ssessiv e is o ften 80 that, at.

omitted. S ee My. S oldier, miles .

S atisfactorily, es:sententia. S ome others, al i i —alu there

Say, narro they say, narrant, are some, w ho— aunt qui.

S ome one, quidem, aliquie. Q 2O7.S courge, virgis caedo . B. 38.

S ecretary, servus amanu. Speak to . S ee L. n vn l , N. 1

S ee, video . N. 15.

S eem, seemgood, videor. S pirited, seer.

S eize, capio . S tory, f abula:to tell good on bad

S elf , expressed by ip se w . nouns stories o f , bene or male narrant

and pronouns. (S ee Himself .) de.

When ip se fo llo w s a possessiv e S trike, caedo .

referring to the subj ect, it is S uch, talis such as, talis qua

generally in thenom. ; but if the lis: but w hen size is deno ted,

possessiv e does not refer to the rather than quality, use tantus

subject, ip se must agree w . the

gen. imp lied by the po ssessiv e. Superior, melior.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

268

V.

Very, w . an adj. oradv . the sign ofthe sup erla tive otherw ise, ipse.

W.

Want, opus est: I w ant, opus est

mihi:i 248, Q 210, B. 5.

Way, modus this w ay, that w ay,

hac, illac:used also in the sense

of D irection, q. v .

Well, bene.What, see L.mm, N. 12:o f w hat

sort or kind, qualis. What ?inter. or reh, seeWho .

When, quando , inter. :quum, reL :

a clause introduced by w hen is

o ften to be translated by a par~

tioip lealone, { 274, 8, N. 2, or by

the abl . abs. , 6257, N. l , R. 1 .

Whence, uncle.

Whether, I . In sentences not in

terrogative, siveor sea w hether

— or, sioe— sioeor sea— sou. 2.

In single interrogations, num, or

~ne attached to the w ord on

w hich the stress of inquiry is

laid:w hether— not, nonne:L.

mx, 6. 8. In double interro

gations, w hether or, num,

o ftener utrum, - an.

Where, ubi.Which (of tw o), uter. S eeWho .

While, w . a pres. particip le, not

Whither, quo , in quampartsm.

EN G LI SH INDEX.

Who— w hich— w hat, quis or qui,

inter. , g 187, 1: qui, rel. A

clause introduced by w ho is often

Yes, etiam(L .run s).Yet, tamon.

Your, oester but if referring to

a singular subject, tuus no t

translated, w hen it is evident to

w homthe possessive refers.

i 274, 8, N. 2.

Whoever, quisquis.

Wicked, malus.

Will— against the w ill of , no lens

in the abl. abs.

Will rather, malo .

Willing— 4 0 be w illing, velle.Wing o f an army, cornu.

Wish, o o lo :not w ish, no lo :w ishrather, malo . S ee L. n vm, N.

2 8.

With, the sign of the abl . case:if

denoting acconp animent, cum, w .

abl.

Wonder, w onder at, mirar.

Wonderful , mirandas.

Word, verbum.

Work, op us.

World— in the w orld, rerum, limiting a preceding superlative.

Worth much (little, Ste. magni

(p arvi, w . est, &c. i 214,B . l ( l ).Worthy o f , w . anoun orparticiple,

f ut.p ass.part. L.m , 8.

Wretched, miser.

SCHEME or

ANALYSIS AND PARSING IN LATIN.

Sam s on. S imple or compound.

Sum s Bu n s en. S ubject, simple (or compound) and modified— Predicate, simple (or compound) andmodified.

Pnoro smon. Independent or dependent— If dependent, is it a

substantive, adjective, or adverbial proposition, and to w hat leading

proposition related ? Subject, simple (or compound)andmodified

Predicate, simple (or compound)andmodified.

— Decline it, giving rules for any irregularities— Number— Case

Construction— Rule.

Pno s ous . Derivation orCompodtion— Kind— Decline it— Number

Ann cm . Derivation or Composition— Class (Q 104)— Deolen

sion— Decline it— Degree— Compare it— I f irregular or defective,

give the list— Number— G ender— Case— Construction— Rule.

Vans . Derivation or Compo sition— Transitive, intransitiv e, or

neuter— Conjugation— Principal parts— Ro ot— Voice— Synopsis of

Tenses— Mo od— Tense— Infiect the tense— Number— Person -Con

struction— Bule.

Panu erru and Gram . From w hat v erb—Parse like Vans as

far as mood— If a participle, giv e the tense— Decline it— I f a parti

ciple, w hat number and genderl— Case— Construction— Bule.

269

270 ANALYSI S A ND PABS ING IN LATIN .

Sum s . Fromw hat v erb— Parse likeVans as farasmood. For

mer or latter supine -Construction— Bule.

Anvm . Derivation— Class i 191 — I f it has comparison, give

understaad the grammatical relation, dq endmee, or sgresnunt of one

lists to be given for derivation, or for any irregularity of formation

THE END .

“ M PG-D B”

! Is. 30m 0WPHILADELPHIA.